LGCEL-WE-VN53 - Body, Cab, Chassis Electrical, Accessories

WORKSHOP MANUAL
WORKSHOP MANUAL BODY, CAB, CHASSIS ELECTRICAL AND ACCESSORIES

BODY, CAB, CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
AND ACCESSORIES
No.LGCEL-WE-0871
56626_Maegaki 2008.4.16 9:15 AM ページ 1
This Workshop Manual deals only with the screen toned section(s) in the table below.
Section Sub Section
0 GENERAL INFORMATION 0A General Information
1 ENGINE 1A Engine Control System
1B Engine Mechanical
1C Engine Cooling
1D Engine Fuel
1E Engine Electrical
1F Emission Control
1G Engine Exhaust
1H Engine Lubrication
1I Engine Speed Control System
1J Induction
1K Pre-Heating System
2 SUSPENSION 2B Front Suspension
2C Rear Suspension
2D Wheel and Tire System
3 DRIVELINE/AXLE 3A1 Front Differential
3A2 Rear Differential
3C1 Propeller Shaft
3C2 Front Axle
3C3 Rear Axle
3D1 Transfer Case (Part Time)
4 BRAKES 4B Brake
4C1 Anti-Lock Brake (ABS)/Anti-Slip Regulator (ASR)
4D Parking Brake
4E Hill Start Aid (HSA)
5 TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE 5A Transmission Control System
5B Automatic Transmission
5C Manual Transmission
5E Clutch
5G1 Side Power Take-Off
6 STEERING 6B Power Steering
7 HVAC 7A Heating and Ventilation
7B Manual Air Conditioning
7C Automatic Air Conditioning
8 RESTRAINTS 8A Seat Belt
8B Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
8C SRS Control System
9 BODY, CAB AND ACCESSORIES 9A Lighting System
9B Wiper/Washer System
9C Entertainment
9D Wiring System
9E Instrumentation/Driver Info.
9F Body Structure
9G Cab
9H Seats
9I Security and Lock
9K Exterior/Interior Trim
9L Cab Mounting
10 CONTROL SYSTEMS 10B Vehicle Control
11 FRAME 11A Frame
56626_Maegaki 2008.4.16 9:15 AM ページ 2
LGCEL-WE-0871.book 1 ページ２００８年５月２０日火曜日午前９時５４分
Lighting System 9A-1
BODY, CAB, AND ACCESSORIES

Lighting System
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Lighting System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-3 Components Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-36
Primary Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-3 Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-37
Maintenance Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-6 Headlight Bulb (Halogen Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-38
Headlight (Halogen) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-7 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-38
Description of Function and Operation. . . . . . . . 9A-7 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-38
Components Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-7 Headlight ASM (NHR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-39
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-8 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-39
Headlight Manual Leveling System. . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-9 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-39
Description of Function and Operation. . . . . . . . 9A-9 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-39
Components Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-11 Headlight ASM (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR). .9A-42
Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-12 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-42
Connector List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-14 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-42
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-16 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-42
Clearance Light System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-17 Front Combination Light ASM (NHR) . . . . . . . . .9A-45
Description of Function and Operation. . . . . . . 9A-17 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-45
Components Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-17 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-45
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-18 Front Turn Signal Light ASM
Cornering Light Syatem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-19 (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-47
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-20 Fog Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-48
Fog Light System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-21 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-48
Description of Function and Operation. . . . . . . 9A-21 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-48
Components Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-21 Rear Fog Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-49
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-22 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-49
Turn Signal /Hazard Warning Flasher Light Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-49
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-23 Clearance Light Blub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-50
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-24 Cornaring Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-51
Dome Light System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-25 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-51
Components Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-25 Taillight/Stoplight Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-53
Taillight/Stoplight System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-27 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-53
Description of Function and Operation. . . . . . . 9A-27 Backup Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-54
Components Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-27 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-54
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-28 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-54
License Plate Light System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-29 License Plate Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-55
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-30 Side Turn Signal Light Bulb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-56
Illumination Light System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-31 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-56
Components Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-32 Roof-Mounted Clearance Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . .9A-57
Backup Light System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-34 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-57
Description of Function and Operation. . . . . . . 9A-34 Dome Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-58
Components Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-34 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-58
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-35 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9A-58
Roof-Mounted Clearance Light System . . . . . . . 9A-36 Lighting Switch (Combination Switch) . . . . . . . . .9A-59
9A-2 Lighting System

Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-60
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-62
Dimmer Passing Switch (Combination Switch) . . 9A-63
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-63
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-63
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-63
Door Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-64
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-64
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-64
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-64
Key Reminder Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-65
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-65
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-65
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-65
Hazard Warning Flasher Light Switch . . . . . . . . . 9A-66
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-66
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-66
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-66
Stoplight Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-67
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-67
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-67
Backup Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-68
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-68
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-68
Turn Signal Light Switch (Combination Switch) . 9A-69
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-69
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-69
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-69
Fog Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-70
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-70
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-70
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-70
PTO Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-71
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-71
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-71
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-71
Transfar Gear Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-72
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-72
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-72
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-72
Headlight Leveling Switch/Leveling Register . . . 9A-73
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-73
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-73
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-73
Cruise Control Main Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-74
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-74
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-74
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-74
DC-DC Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-75
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-75
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A-76
Lighting System
Primary Specifications
Bulb Location Diagram (NHR)
10
9 6
8 7 LNW89AMF000901
Legend
1. Dome light 6. Front turn signal light
2. License plate light 7. Clearance light
3. Backup light 8. Cornering light
4. Stoplight / Taillight 9. Headlight
5. Turn signal light 10. Fog light

Bulb Location Diagram (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S , NQR )
3
2 4
5
12
9 8
11
10 LNW89AMF001001
Legend
1. Dome light 7. Side turn signal light
2. License plate light 8. Cornering light
3. Backup light 9. Front turn signal light
4. Stoplight / Taillight 10. Headlight / clearance light
5. Turn signal light 11. Fog light
6. Side turn signal light 12. Roof-mounted clearance light (NPR / NQR )
Outside of the cab

Wattage
Wattage (NLR, NMR, Number
Light Name Lens Color
(NHR) NNR, NPR/S, of Lights
NQR)
75W/70W (H4 75W/70W (H4
Headlight (halogen) high beam/low beam 2 WHT
type) type)
WHT
Front turn signal light 21W 21W 2
(Bulb ORN)
Cornering light 21W 21W 2 WHT
Clearance light 5W 5W 2 WHT
Fog light 70W (H3 type) 70W (H3 type) 2 WHT
Roof-mounted clearance light 5W 5W 2 WHT
WHT
Side turn signal light - 21W 2
(Bulb ORN)
Stoplight / Taillight 21W/5W 21W/5W 2 RED
Rear turn signal light 21W 21W 2 ORN
Wattage
Wattage (NLR, NMR, Number
Light Name Lens Color
(NHR) NNR, NPR/S, of Lights
NQR)
Backup lightp 21W 21W 2 WHT
License plate light 10W 10W 1 WHT
License plate light(Europe) - 5W 2 WHT
Rear fog light - 21W 1 RED
Inside the cab

Number of
Light name Wattage Lens Color
Lights
1 (2) No
Dome light single cab (crew cab) 10W back mirror WHT
type 2
Illumination
Number of
Light Name Wattage Lens Color
Lights
Meter LED ORN
Hazard warning flasher switch LED 1 RED
LT GRN Operation
Fog light switch LED 2
light YEL
ORN Operation light
Mirror heater switch LED 2
YEL
ORN Operation light
4WD switch LED 2
YEL
Radio / Audio LED ORN
Tachograph LED
Cigarette lighter 65mA 1 ORN
Air conditioner panel LED ORN
DPD switch LED 1 ORN
HSA OFF switch LED 1 ORN
ASR OFF switch LED 1 ORN
Headlight leveling switch LED 1 ORN
Remoto control mirror switch LED 1 LTGRN
Warm-up switch LED 1 LTGRN
Cruise main switch LED 1 LTGRN
Transfar gear control switch LED 1 ORN

Maintenance Precautions
WARNING:
Some of these vehicle models are equipped with the
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). Refer to
precautions, SRS parts and power distribution diagram
of vehicle maintenance in section 8B Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS), section 8C SRS Control
System and section 8C Wiring System before starting
maintenance of SRS parts, SRS harness and other
equipment in the nearby area. Failure to follow the
instructions in the workshop manual may result in
injuries caused by unexpected expansion of an air bag
or unnecessary repair to the SRS.
Headlight (Halogen) System

Description of Function and Operation Precautions for bulb replacement of each light
This circuit comprises headlight, cornering light, ignition 1. Halogen headlights (headlights and fog lights)
switch, combination switch (lighting switch, passing become very hot when they are used, so if the bulb
switch), high beam indicator light and relays. When the surface is stained with grease, the life of the bulb
lighting switch is turned ON at the headlight position, will be shortened. Hold the flange part when
the headlight relay will be activated and the headlight replacing the bulb and do not touch the glass part
will be illuminated. When the headlight is ON, the directly by the hands.
optical axis of the headlight can be faced upward and 2. The pressure inside the glass bulb in halogen
downward alternately using the lighting switch. headlights (headlights and fog lights) is high. If you
The passing switch (lighting switch) is not related to the drop, hit or damage it, broken glass may fly out.
position of the headlight switch. The optical axis will 3. If the bulb is removed and left for an extended
face upward only when the switch lever is being pulled period of time, dust or moisture may accumulate
up. inside. Prepare a new bulb before replacing the
bulb.
4. Be sure to use a bulb with the same wattage for
replacement.
5. Improper installation of the socket may cause
foggy or misty lens, so firmly install it after
replacing the bulb.
Components Location Diagram
NHR
4
3
1 2
RHD
4
3
6 5 4
LHD
LNW89AMF000401
Legend
1. Headlight (NHR) 4. Relay box
2. Cornering light (NHR) 5. Cornering light (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR)
3. Combination switch (lighting switch) 6. Headlight (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S,NQR)

Functional Inspection
Operation abnormality of the headlight function - Between the headlight relay (Lo) and the fuse
Prior confirmation and visual inspection (No.9, 11)
- Between the headlight relay (Hi) and the fuse
• Check that the battery voltage is normal.
(No.14, 15)
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or
replace the battery. - Between the headlight relay (Hi, Lo) and the
combination switch (lighting switch)
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, - Between the fuse (No.9, 11, 14, 15) and the
etc.), investigate/repair the cause (harness short headlight (Hi, Lo)
circuits, etc.) before replacing the fuse. - Between the headlight (Hi, Lo) and GND
• Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
and clean.
• Check that the harness and the connector are in a
normal condition.
Check the connector for connection failures and
the harness for abnormalities such as friction or
bent. Check that the wire inside the harness has
not come loose and caused short circuit.
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
components (radio and lights, etc.).
Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
components, so that they do not affect the
inspection or the operation.
Structural components inspection

• Check the slow blow fuse (SBF6, 8).
If SBF has an abnormality (due to a meltdown,
etc.), investigate/repair the cause (harness short
circuits, etc.) before replacing the fuse.
• Check the lighting switch.
Operate the lighting switch and check that the
circuit operates normally in the continuity test. If a
problem is found, replace the switch.
• Check the function of the headlight relay (Hi, Lo).
Check the headlight relay for abnormality. Replace
it if an abnormality is found.
• Check that the headlight bulbs are normal.
If any abnormality (burnout or improper
installation) is found in a bulb, repair or replace it.
Circuit inspection
• Check the following circuits for open circuits, short
circuits (power supply and GND), or high
resistance.
If an abnormality is discovered, repair or replace
the circuit.
- Between SBF (No.6) and the ignition switch
- Between SBF (No.8) and the headlight relay
(Hi, Lo)
- Between the ignition switch and the fuse
(No.22)
- Between the fuse (No.22) and the headlight
relay (Hi, Lo)
Headlight Manual Leveling System

Description of Function and Operation NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR (With Europe )
The headlight manual leveling system adjusts the
optical axis of the headlight in accordance with the
change of the vehicle height due to the cargo or the
condition of the road surface. The driver can adjust it to
any position (of the 4 levels) by operating the leveling
switch.
The headlight manual leveling system comprises
leveling switch, leveling register, DC-DC converter,
leveling actuator, etc. When the leveling switch is
operated, the signal will be input into the leveling
actuator through the leveling register. The leveling
actuator is activated in accordance with the signal to
change the optical axis position of the headlight.
Leveling switch
1
The leveling switch (1) is installed at the right side of
the meter. When you turn the dial up and down, the LNW89ASH000401
optical axis position of the headlight changes. It is
usually returned to the upper most position and if it is NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR (LHD)
turned downward in accordance with the vehicle status,
the optical axis will be changed to face downward.
NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR (RHD)
LNW89ASH001701
1
LNW79ASH000301

DC-DC converter
The DC-DC converter is installed at the front of the
passenger seat, the left side in the instrument panel or
the bracket of the body control module (BCM) (NLR,
NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR). It converts the (24V) battery
voltage to 15V. The voltage converted at the DC-DC
converter is supplied to the leveling register and the
leveling actuator.
321
654
LNW69ASH000401
Leveling actuator
The leveling actuator (1) is installed to the headlight
and equipped with the motor and the leveling register.
The motor is activated in accordance with the signal
voltage supplied through the leveling register and
change the optical axis of the headlight.
LNW79ASH000101
Legend
1. Leveling actuator

1 1
RHD LHD
3 4 LNW89ALF001101
Legend
1. Leveling switch (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR) 3. Leveling actuator (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR)
2. DC-DC converter (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR) 4. Leveling actuator (NHR)

Circuit Diagram
NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S,NQR (RHD)
Battery
+ LA05 30B/R
P1 Starter Switch
Chassis Relay Box OFF ACC ON ST
PA25 2L
P2
STARTER SW1 B2
SBF6 40A IG2
7
+ PA01 8W 1 J2 J2 PA04 3B/R H39 4 ST
P3
4 B130 B1
P4
ACC
P5 IG1 B130 6
Cab Junction Block

PA04 3B/R
B25 6
1 PA14 3B/R
IGNITION1 B25
F18 15A
B24 1 PA30 2W/R
J/B1 J/B2 DC-DC Converter

B21 8 PA22 1 B37 B37 2 JB16 0.5L
16
0.5R/B B131 B133 2 PA68 11
0.5R/B B143 B143 15 JB06
0.5R/B
6 B37 B37 3 JY02 0.5B
JY01 0.5B
ILLUMINATIONS
Taillight Relay F28 10A 3
X16 B23 BA30 0.5LG/R 8 B140 B140 18 BA27
0.5LG/R
JB10 0.5L
2 3
B171 B171
Headlight 4 JY03 0.5B
B171
Leveling
Switch
B171 B171
1 5 BX14 0.5B W/S-16
J/B2
14 JB04 0.5R/Y
B142
10 B141 B141 11 J/B2
2 B139 6
B139
5 B139 11
B139
JB05 0.5R/Y
JB17 0.5R/Y
JB02 0.5L
JB03 0.5L
JY04 0.5B
JY05 0.5B
2 3
ZZ02 2B
2 3
B76 B76 B77 B77
Headlight Leveling
ACTUATOR
LEVELING
ACTUATOR
Headlight Leveling
LEVELING
Actuator (RH)
M
Actuator (LH)
M
B76 B77
1 1
5 B48
B49 10 ZZ14 3B 4 J/C-EA
J/C-EA
10P2 5 10 10P1
ZZ21 3B
ZZ20 3B
B52 B53
Frame Frame
(Front-LH) (Front-RH)
LNW89DXF044401

NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S,NQR (LHD)
Battery
LA05 30B/R
+
Starter Switch
P1
PA25 2L
Chassis Relay Box OFF ACC ON ST

P2
B2
STARTER SW 1
SBF6 40A IG2

+ PA01 8W 1 7 PA04 3B/R 15
J2 J2 H81
ST
P3
4
B130 B1
P4
ACC
6
P5 IG1 B130
Cab Junction Block
6 PA04 3B/R
B25
PA14 3B/R
1
B25
IGNITION 1
F18 15A
1 PA30 2W/R
B24
DC-DC Converter
J/B 1
8 PA22 0.5R/B 16 9 JB06 0.5R/B 1 2 JB16 0.5L

B21 B131 B133 B37 B37
6 3 JY02 0.5B
B37 B37
JY01 0.5B
ILLUMINATIONS
F28 10A J/B 2

Taillight Relay (1)
3
BA30 0.5LG/R 8 17 BA27 0.5LG/R
X16 B23 B140 B140
JB10 0.5L
2 3
B171 B171
4 JY03 0.5B
Headlight
B171
Leveling
Switch
B171 B171
1 5
BX14 0.5B
W/S-16
J/B 2
14
JB04 0.5R/Y
B142
10 11
B141 B141
J/B 2
2 6
B139 B139
5 11
B139 B139
JB05 0.5R/Y
JB17 0.5R/Y
JB02 0.5L
JB03 0.5L
JY04 0.5B
JY05 0.5B
ZZ02 2B
2 3
2 3
B77 B77
B76 B76
ACTUATOR
LEVELING
ACTUATOR
LEVELING
Headlight Headlight
M
M
Leveling Leveling
Actuator (RH) Actuator (LH)
B77
B76
1
1
5 B48
B49 10 ZZ14 3B 4
J/C-EA
J/C-EA 10P1
10P2 5 10
ZZ21 3B
ZZ20 3B
B52 B53
Frame (Front-LH) Frame (Front-RH)
LNW89DXF019101

Connector List
NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S,NQR
No. Connector Face No. Connector Face
1 2 3 4
1
B21 5 6 7 8 9 10 B53
010-062 000-049
White -
1 2 3 4
1 2
B23 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 B76
3
011-004 003-152
White Gray
1 2
B24 1 2 B77
3
002-267 003-152
White Gray
1 2
1 2 3
B25 3 4 5 6 B130
4 5 6
006-116 006-115
White White
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
B37 B131
4 5 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
006-115 018-024
White White
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
B48 B133
6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
010-061 018-024
White Gray
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
B49 B139
6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
010-061 018-024
White White
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
B52 B140
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
000-049 018-024
- Black

No. Connector Face No. Connector Face
20 22 24
19 21 23
2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 18
B141 J2 17 1
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
16 15 14 8 9 10 11 12 13
018-024 024-028
Gray Light Gray
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
B142 P1
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
018-024 000-049
Blue -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
B143 P2
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
018-024 000-049
Red -
1
B171 1 2 3 4 5 P3
005-037 000-049
Black -
1 2
1
H39 3 4 5 6 P4
006-116 000-049
White -
2 1
1
H39 6 5 4 3 P5
006-118 000-049
White -
4 3 2 1
1
10 9 8 7 6 5
H81 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 X16 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 3 4 5
024-029 005-039
Green Light Gray
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
H81 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24
024-030
Green

Inspection of the headlight manual leveling system • Check the headlight leveling actuator.
This inspection is performed to check if the headlight If no abnormality is discovered in the circuit, the
manual leveling system operates normally and to repair operating voltage and the headlight leveling
it if it has problems. switch, replace the headlight leveling actuator
If the headlight does not light, refer to "Head Light (headlight).
(Halogen) System" sections to inspect and repair the
Circuit inspection
headlight circuit.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection circuits (power supply and GND), or high
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. resistance.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or If an abnormality is found, repair or replace the
replace the battery. circuit.
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition. - Between SBF (No.6) and the ignition switch
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, - Between the ignition switch and the fuse
etc.), investigate/repair the cause (harness short (No.18)
circuits, etc.) before replacing the fuse. - Between the fuse (No.18) and the DC-DC
• Check that the ground connection is normal. converter
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due - Between the DC-DC converter and the
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair headlight leveling switch
and clean. - Between the headlight leveling switch and the
• Check that the harness and the connector are in a headlight leveling actuator
normal condition. - Between the headlight leveling actuator and
Check the connector for connection failures and GND
bent. Check that the wire inside the harness has - Between the headlight leveling switch and GND

• Check the slow blow fuse (SBF6).
• Check the DC-DC converter.
Replace the DC-DC converter if it has an
abnormality (power supply input 24V, output 12V).
Inspect the 24V side circuit of the input power
supply and repair it if it has an abnormality.
• Check the headlight leveling switch.
Operate the headlight leveling switch and check if
the circuit is normal by the resistance value
measuring test. If a problem is found, replace the
switch.
- Terminal 3 - Terminal 4: 2kΩ
- Terminal 3 - Terminal 5 (position 4): 730Ω
- Terminal 3 - Terminal 5 (position 3): 1kΩ
- Terminal 3 - Terminal 5 (position 2): 1.27kΩ
Clearance Light System

Description of Function and Operation
This circuit comprises a clearance light, ignition switch,
combination switch (lighting switch) and relays. When
the lighting switch is turned ON at the tail position, the
tail relay will be activated and the clearance light will be
illuminated.
2
3 4
3 3
4
4
5
5
5 NHR RHD LHD
LNW89ALF001201
Legend
1. Clearance light (NHR) 4. Ignition switch
2. Clearance light (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR) 5. Relay box
3. Combination switch (lighting switch)

Operation abnormality of the clearance light - Between the tail relay and the lighting switch
function - Between the fuse (No.27) and the clearance
Prior confirmation and visual inspection light
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. - Between the clearance light and GND
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or - Between the lighting switch and GND
replace the battery.
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown,
and clean.
normal condition.

• Check the tail relay function.
Check the relay for abnormality. Replace it if an
abnormality is found.
• Check that the bulbs of the clearance light are
normal.
Circuit inspection
resistance.
the circuit.
- Between SBF (No.8) and the tail relay
(No.22)
- Between the fuse (No.22) and the tail relay
- Between the tail relay and the fuse (No.27, 28)
Cornering Light Syatem

This circuit comprises a cornering light, ignition switch,
combination switch (lighting switch, cornering light
switch) and relays. When the lighting switch is turned
ON at the headlight or the tail position, the tail relay will
be activated and the cornering light will be illuminated
interlocked with the operation of the cornering light
switch.
3 4
3 3
4
4
5
5
5 NHR RHD LHD
LNW89ALF000401
Legend
1. Cornering light (NHR) 4. Ignition switch
2. Cornering light (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR) 5. Relay box

Operation abnormality of the cornering light - Between the tail relay and the combination
function switch
Prior confirmation and visual inspection - Between the tail relay and the fuse (No.29)
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. - Between the fuse (No.29) and the cornering
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or light
replace the battery. - Between the combination switch and GND
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition. - Between the cornering light and GND
and clean.
normal condition.

• Check the combination switch (lighting switch,
cornering light switch).
Operate the combination switch and check that the
• Check that the bulbs of the cornering light are
normal.
Circuit inspection
resistance.
the circuit.
(No.22)
Fog Light System

This circuit comprises fog light, ignition switch,
combination switch (lighting switch, fog light switch)
and relays. When the lighting switch is turned ON at the
headlight or the tail position, the tail relay will be
activated and the fog light will be illuminated
interlocked with the operation of the fog light switch.
2
2
3
6 2
4 3
4 3
5
4
5 NHR RHD 5 LHD
LNW89ALF000501
Legend
1. Fog light 4. Ignition switch
2. Combination switch (lighting switch) 5. Relay box
3. Fog light switch 6. Fog light switch (with Europe)

Operation abnormality of the fog light function - Between the tail relay and the lighting switch
Prior confirmation and visual inspection - Between the fuse (No.28) and the fog light
switch
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or - Between the fuse (No.27) and the fog light relay
replace the battery. - Between the fuse (No.5) and the fog light relay
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition. - Between the fog relay and the fog light switch
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, - Between the fog relay and the fog light
- Between the fog light and GND
- Between the combination switch and GND
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due - Between the marker relay and GND
and clean.
normal condition.

• Check the tail relay and the fog light relay function.
Check the relays for abnormality. Replace it if an
• Check that the bulbs of the fog light are normal.
Circuit inspection
resistance.
the circuit.
- Between SBF (No.12) and the fuse (No.5)
(No.22)
- Between the tail relay and the fuse (No.27, 28)
Turn Signal /Hazard Warning Flasher Light System

This circuit comprises turn signal lights, ignition switch,
combination switch (turn signal switch), flasher unit,
hazard warning switch, etc. When the turn signal switch
or the hazard warning switch is turned ON, the flasher
unit will be activated and the turn signal light will be
illuminated. The turn signal light is also illuminated by
the answer-back function of the keyless entry system,
etc.
4
7 5
4
4
5
7 5
6 7
6
6 NHR RHD LHD
LNW89ALF000601
Legend
1. Turn signal light (NHR) 4. Combination switch (lighting switch)
2. Front turn signal light (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, 5. Ignition switch
NQR) 6. Relay box
3. Side turn signal light (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S, 7. Hazard warning flasher switch
NQR)

Operation abnormality of the turn signal light - Side turn signal light
function - Rear turn signal light
Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Circuit inspection
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or • Check the following circuits for open circuits, short
replace the battery. circuits (power supply and GND), or high
resistance.
the circuit.
circuits, etc.) before replacing the fuse. - Between SBF (No.10) and the fuse (No.25)
• Check that the ground connection is normal. - Between the fuse (No.25) and the flasher unit
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due - Between the flasher unit and the turn signal
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair switch
and clean. - Between the flasher unit and the hazard
• Check that the harness and the connector are in a warning flasher switch
normal condition. - Between the turn signal switch and GND
- Between the hazard warning flasher switch and
GND
not come loose and caused short circuit. - Between the flasher unit and the turn signal
light
components (radio and lights, etc.). - Between the turn signal light and GND

• Check the turn signal switch.
Operate the turn signal switch and check that the
• Check the hazard warning switch.
Operate the hazard warning switch and check that
the circuit operates normally in the continuity test.
If a problem is found, replace the switch.
• Check the flasher unit.
If no abnormality is discovered in the circuit or the
switch, replace the flasher unit.
• Check the answer-back function.
Refer to Section 10B Vehicle Control to inspect the
key-less entry system, etc. for any abnormality.
Repair or replace it if any abnormality is found.
NOTE:
When BCM is replaced, programming such as idling
stop & start system and watching function is required.
• Check that the bulbs of the turn signal light are

normal.
- Front turn signal light
Dome Light System

This circuit comprises room light, door switch, Keyless
Entry Control Unit, etc. When the door switch is ON,
the Keyless Entry Control Unit will illuminate the dome
light .
ON OFF 1
DOOR
LHD 3
RHD
LNW89ALF000201
Legend
1. Dome light (NHR) 4. Keyless entry (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR -
2. Dome light (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR) RHD)
3. Door switch (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR) 5. Keyless entry (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR -
LHD)

Operation abnormality of the dome light function - Between the door switch and GND
and clean.
normal condition.

• Check the dome light switch.
Operate the door switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a
• Check the door switch.
Operate the door switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a
• Check that the bulbs of the dome light are normal.
Circuit inspection
resistance.
the circuit.
- Between SBF (No.12) and the fuse (No.3)
- Between the fuse (No.3) and the dome light
- Between the dome light and the keyless entry
control unit
- Between the keyless entry control unit and the
door switch
- Between the dome light switch and GND
Taillight/Stoplight System
This circuit comprises taillight, stoplight, ignition switch,
combination switch (lighting switch), stoplight switch
and relays. When the lighting switch is turned ON at the
headlight or the tail position, the tail relay will be
activated and the taillight will be illuminated. The
stoplight illuminates according to the operation of the
stoplight switch.
3
4
3
3
4
4
5
5
5 NHR RHD LHD
LNW89ALF000801
Legend
1. Stoplight switch 4. Ignition switch
2. Taillight / stoplight 5. Relay box

Operation abnormality of the taillight / stoplight - Between SBF (No.8) and the stoplight relay
function - Between the ignition switch and the fuse
Prior confirmation and visual inspection (No.22)
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. - Between the fuse (No.22) and the tail relay
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or - Between the tail relay and the fuse (No.27)
replace the battery. - Between the tail relay and the lighting switch
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition. - Between the fuse (No.27) and the taillight
- Between the taillight and GND
circuits, etc.) before replacing the fuse. - Between the stoplight relay and the stoplight
switch
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due - Between the stoplight switch and GND
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair - Between the stoplight relay and the stoplight
and clean. - Between the stoplight and GND
normal condition.

• Check the stoplight switch.
Operate the stoplight switch and check that the
• Check the tail relay and the stoplight relay function.
Check the relays for abnormality. Replace it if an
• Check that the bulbs of the combination light
(taillight, stoplight) are normal.
Circuit inspection
resistance.
the circuit.
License Plate Light System

This circuit comprises a license plate light, ignition
switch, combination switch (lighting switch) and relays.
When the lighting switch is turned ON at the headlight
or the tail position, the tail relay will be activated and
the license plate light will be illuminated.
NHR
1 4
2
3
RHD
4
2
4
LHD
LNW89ALF000701
Legend
1. License plate light 3. Ignition switch
2. Combination switch (lighting switch) 4. Relay box

Operation abnormality of the license plate light - Between the tail relay and the lighting switch
function - Between the fuse (No.27) and the license plate
Prior confirmation and visual inspection light
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. - Between the license plate light and GND
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or - Between the lighting switch and GND
and clean.
normal condition.

• Check that the bulbs of the license plate light are
normal.
Circuit inspection
resistance.
the circuit.
(No.22)
- Between the tail relay and the fuse (No.27)
Illumination Light System

This circuit comprises illumination lights, ignition switch,
combination switch (lighting switch) and relays. When
the lighting switch is turned ON at the headlight or the
tail position, the tail relay will be activated and the
illumination lights will be illuminated.
Illumination light
LED type
• Instrument panel IP cluster (Meter)
• Smoother emergency switch
• Smoother adjustment switch
• Air conditioner panel(Fan switch)
• Hazard Warning Flasher switch
• Front fog light switch
• Cruise control main switch
• DPD switch
• Warm-up switch
• HSA OFF switch
• HSA adjustment switch
• ASR OFF switch
• PTO switch
• 4WD switch(NPS)
• Transfer gear control switch(NPS)
• Headlight leveling switch
• Remote control mirror switch
• Mirror heater switch
• Rear power window lock switch
Light (bulb) type, power supply

• Cigarette lighter (light (bulb) type)
• Radio / Audio (power supply)
• Tachograph (power supply)

NHR
3
RHD
6
1
2
6
LHD
LNW89ALF001301
Legend
1. Combination switch (lighting switch)(NHR) 4. Combination switch (lighting switch) (NLR, NMR,
2. Ignition switch (NHR) NNR, NPR/S ,NQR)
3. Relay box (NHR) 5. Ignition switch (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S ,NQR)
6. Relay box (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S ,NQR)

Operation abnormality of the illumination light - Between the tail relay and the fuse (No.28)
function - Between the tail relay and the lighting switch
Prior confirmation and visual inspection - Between the fuse (No.28) and the illumination
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. light
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or - Between the illumination light and GND
replace the battery. - Between the lighting switch and GND
and clean.
normal condition.

• Check that the bulbs of the illumination light are
normal.
If an abnormality (burnout or improper installation)
is found in the bulb, repair or replace the bulb or
the switch.
Circuit inspection
resistance.
the circuit.
(No.22)
Backup Light System

This circuit comprises a backup light and backup light
switch. When the backup light switch installed to the
transmission is turned ON, the backup light will
illuminate.
LNW79AMF000801
Legend
1. Backup light switch (M/T) 3. Backup light
2. Backup light switch (Smoother)

Operation abnormality of the backup lamp function
and clean.
normal condition.

• Check the backup lamp switch.
Operate the backup lamp switch and check that
the circuit operates normally in the continuity test.
If a problem is found, replace the switch. Also
inspect the mechanical parts of the transmission.
• Check that the bulbs of the backup lamp are
normal.
Circuit inspection
resistance.
the circuit.
(No.18)
- Between the fuse (No.18) and the backup light
switch
- Between the backup lamp switch and the
backup light
- Between the backup light and GND
Roof-Mounted Clearance Light System

This circuit is comprised of the roof-mounted clearance
light, ignition switch, combination switch (lighting
switch), and relays. When the position of the lighting
switch is set to the headlight or tail, the tail relay
operates, and the roof-mounted clearance lights light
up in conjunction with the tail light, etc.
2 3
3
4
4
RHD LHD
LNW89ALF000301
Legend
1. Roof-mounted clearance light (NLR, NMR, NNR, 3. Ignition switch
NPR/S, NQR) 4. Relay box

Operation abnormality of the roof marker light - Between fuse (No. 27) and the tail relay
Prior confirmation and visual inspection - Between the tail relay and the fuses (No. 27,
28, 29)
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or - Between the tail relay and the lighting switch
replace the battery. - Between the fuse (No. 27) and the roof marker
• Check that the fuses are normal. light
If a fuse is faulty (because it is blown, etc.), check - Between the roof marker light and GND
and remove the cause of the fault (such as - Between the lighting switch and GND
harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
fuse.
• Check that the ground connections are normal.
If the ground connection is defective (due to
incorrect installation or being considerably dirty),
repair and clean.
• Check that the harnesses and connectors are
normal.
Check the connector for connection faults and the
harness for defect such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness has not
come loose and caused a short-circuit.
• Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components (radio transceiver and lights etc.).
Turn off or remove the post-mounted electrical

• Check the fuse (F31) in SBF.
If a fuse is faulty (because it is blown, etc.), check
and remove the cause of the fault (such as
harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
fuse.
• Check that the bulbs of the roof marker light are
normal.
If any abnormality (burnout or defective
Circuit inspection
• Check the following circuits for disconnections,
shorts (power supply and GND) or high resistance.
If any defects are found, repair or replace such
defected circuit.
- Between the fuse (No. F31) in SBF and the
ignition switch
- Between the fuse (No. F31) in SBF and the tail
relay
- Between the ignition switch and the fuse (No.
27)
Headlight Bulb (Halogen Type)

Removal
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
2. Remove the headlight ASM.
Refer to "Headlight ASM (NHR)" or "Head Light
ASM(NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR )" in this
section. 1 2 3
3. Remove the headlight bulb.

• Remove the dust cover (3).
• Remove the clip (1).
• Remove the headlight bulb (2).
CAUTION:
Do not touch the glass part of the headlight bulb directly
by hand.
LNW48ASH004401
2. Install the headlight ASM.

Refer to "Headlight ASM (NHR)" or "Head Light
ASM(NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR)" in this
1 2 3 section.
3. Connect the battery ground cable.
4. Confirm that the light turns on.
LNW48ASH004401
Installation
1. Install the headlight bulb.
• Set the headlight bulb (2).
• Hook the clip (1) and fix the headlight bulb.
• Install the dust cover (3).
CAUTION:
Do not touch the glass part of the headlight bulb directly
by hand.
Headlight ASM (NHR)

Removal • Fix the headlight ASM with 4 bolts (5).
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. Tightening torque: 7.0 - 9.8 N⋅m (0.7 - 1.0 kgf⋅m/61-
2. Remove the headlight grille cover (3). 87lb⋅in)
• Remove the headlight grille cover from the 2. Install the front grille (4).
protrusion (at 2 locations) under the headlight. Refer to "Radiator Grille (Standard Cab)" in
(Do not remove the clip under the front Section 9G Cab.
combination light.) 3. Install the front combination light ASM (2).
3. Remove the front combination light ASM (2). Refer to "Front Combination Light ASM (NHR)" in
Refer to "Front Combination Light ASM (NHR)" in this section.
this section. 4. Install the headlight grille cover (3).
4. Remove the front grille (4). • Hook the headlight grille cover to the protrusion
Refer to "Radiator Grille (Standard Cab)" in (at 2 locations) under the headlight.
Section 9G Cab. 5. Connect the battery ground cable.
5. Remove the headlight ASM (1). 6. Confirm that the light turns on.
• Remove the 4 bolts (5).
• Remove the clip of the headlight ASM. 1
5 2
• Remove the connector (Halogen vehicle: 1) of
the headlight ASM. Remove one more
connector if it is a vehicle with leveling function.
NOTE:
When removing the headlight connector, pull out the
connector while holding the center portion of the rubber
boot.
If the headlight connector is pulled out without holding
the center portion of therubber boot, the bulb will lift up
and when the connector is removed, the bulb can hit
the reflector by the reactive force of the retaining clip,
resulting in the breakage of the bulb.
4
3
1 LNW79ASH000701
5 2
Adjustment
Optical axis adjustment
Preparation: Place the empty vehicle (empty condition:
full fuel tank, one person on board) on the level floor
and inspect the tire air pressure, for any dirt of the lens,
and the battery charge status, and then adjust using
the screen (1).
1. Place the screen (1) vertically on the level floor.
2. Place the screen (1) so that it will be perpendicular
4
to the center line (3).
3 3. Align the center of the vehicle (2) with the center
line of the floor surface.
LNW79ASH000701
Installation
1. Install the headlight ASM (1).
• Install the connector (Halogen vehicle: 1) of the
headlight ASM. Install one more connector if it
is a vehicle with leveling function.

4. Project the center points (bulb center mark) (A) Downward Horizontal
and (B) of the left and right headlights on the bending point bending point
screen and draw vertical lines. alignment alignment
Height of the light L = 45mm 0
more than 1m (1.77in)
(3.28ft)
1
2 3
RHD
(A)
RHD
(B)
Vertical
Up
Dark Right
Horizontal
L
Left Light
LNW89ASH002001
Down Cutline
5. Place the vehicle (2) 3m (9.84ft)(L) away from the Bending Point
screen (1).
6. Draw a horizontal line on the screen that is at the
same height as the center point of the headlight.
MFW89ASH000901
LHD
2
1
LHD
Vertical
Up
H
Left
Dark Horizontal
L L
Right
Light
Cutline
Bending Point
Down
LNW29ASH000401
7. Turn on the headlight and set it to low beam.

MFW89ASH001001
Cover the other headlight which is not being
adjusted with a black cloth, etc.
8. Align the bending point with the vertical line (V) in
the left and right adjustment. Set the boundary line
of the bright part and the dark part to the value (L)
indicated in the following table measured from the
horizontal line (H).
Downward Horizontal
bending point bending point
alignment alignment
less than 1m (3.28ft) (1.18in)

Vertical adjustment
Adjust the vertical direction of the optical axis by
rotating the adjusting screw with a screwdriver.
LNW79ASH000501
Horizontal adjustment
Adjust the horizontal direction of the optical axis by
LNW79ASH000601
Headlight ASM (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR)

Removal • Fix the headlight ASM with 4 bolts (5).
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. Tightening torque: 9.8 N⋅m (1.0 kgf⋅m/87 lb⋅in)
2. Remove the headlight grille cover (3). 2. Install the front turn signal light ASM (1).
• Remove the headlight grille cover from the Refer to "Front Turn Signal Light ASM
protrusion (at 2 locations) under the headlight. (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR)" in this section.
3. Remove the front grille (4). 3. Install the front grille (4).
Refer to "Radiator Grille/Front Panel (High/Wide Refer to "Radiator Grille/Front Panel (High/Wide
Cab)" in Section 9G Cab. Cab)" in Section 9G Cab.
4. Remove the front turn signal light ASM (1). 4. Install the headlight grille cover (3).
Refer to "Front Turn Signal Light ASM • Hook the headlight grille cover to the protrusion
(NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR)" in this section. (at 2 locations) under the headlight.
5. Remove the headlight ASM (2). 5. Connect the battery ground cable.
• Remove the 4 bolts (5). 6. Confirm that the light turns on.
• Remove the clip of the headlight ASM.
• Remove the connector of the headlight ASM. 1
Remove one more connector if it is a vehicle
with leveling function.
NOTE:
When removing the headlight connector, pull out the
connector while holding the center portion of the rubber 5
boot.
If the headlight connector is pulled out without holding 2
the center portion of the rubber boot, the bulb will lift up
and when the connector is removed, the bulb can hit
the reflector by the reactive force of the retaining clip,
resulting in the breakage of the bulb.
4
3
1
LNW79ASH000801
Adjustment
Optical axis adjustment
5 Preparation: Place the empty vehicle (empty condition:
2 full fuel tank, one person on board) on the level floor
and inspect the tire air pressure, for any dirt of the lens,
and the battery charge status, and then adjust using
the screen (1).
1. Place the screen (1) vertically on the level floor.
2. Place the screen (1) so that it will be perpendicular
4 to the center line (3).
3
3. Align the center of the vehicle (2) with the center
LNW79ASH000801 line of the floor surface.
Installation
1. Install the headlight ASM (1).
• Install the connector of the headlight ASM.
Install one more connector if it is a vehicle with
leveling function.

4. Project the center points (bulb center mark) (A) Downward Horizontal
and (B) of the left and right headlights on the bending point bending point
screen and draw vertical lines. alignment alignment
more than 1m (1.77in)
(3.28ft)
1
2 3
RHD
(A)
RHD
(B)
Vertical
Up
Dark Right
Horizontal
L
Left Light
LNW89ASH002001
Down Cutline
5. Place the vehicle (2) 3m (9.84ft)(L) away from the Bending Point
screen (1).
6. Draw a horizontal line on the screen that is at the
same height as the center point of the headlight.
MFW89ASH000901
LHD
2
1
LHD
Vertical
Up
H
Left
Dark Horizontal
L L
Right
Light
Cutline
Bending Point
Down
LNW29ASH000401
7. Turn on the headlight and set it to low beam.

MFW89ASH001001
Cover the other headlight which is not being
adjusted with a black cloth, etc.
8. Align the bending point with the vertical line (V) in
the left and right adjustment. Set the boundary line
of the bright part and the dark part to the value (L)
indicated in the following table measured from the
horizontal line (H).
Downward Horizontal
bending point bending point
alignment alignment
less than 1m (3.28ft) (1.18in)

Vertical adjustment
Adjust the vertical direction of the optical axis by
LNW79ASH000901
Horizontal adjustment
Adjust the horizontal direction of the optical axis by
LNW79ASH001001
Front Combination Light ASM (NHR)

Removal 6. Disconnect the connector of the front combination
light ASM (5).
2. Remove the head light grille cover (1).
• Remove the head light grille cover (1) from the
protrusions (2 locations) under the head light.
(Do not remove the clip below the front
combination light ASM.)
3. Remove one installation bolt (2) from the bottom
5
side of the front combination light ASM.
6
6
LNW79ASH005601
Installation
1. When removing the front combination light ASM,
remove the grommet (1) that remains on the
2 vehicle side bracket.
1
LNW79ASH005501
4. Open the front door and insert a phillips head

screwdriver (3) into the gap between the cab and
the door from inside the door. Remove the screw
(4) of the front combination light ASM.
Door side Cab side

4
LNW79ASH005701
3
LNW89DSH000401
5. Remove the front combination light ASM (5)..

• Pull the lower side of the front combination light
ASM (5) towards the front side of the vehicle
and remove the positioning claws (2 locations)
(6).

2. Use the screw (2) that was removed when 4. Tighten one mounting bolt (10) under the front
removing the front combination light ASM (4) to combination light ASM (9).
install the grommet (3) to the front combination
Tightening Torque: 7.0 - 9.8 N⋅m (0.7 - 1.0 kgf⋅m/61-87
light ASM (4).
lb⋅in)
4 5. Install the head light grille cover (11).
• Hook the head light grille cover (11) to the
3 protrusion (2 locations) under the headlight.
LNW79ASH005801
3. Install the connector of the front combination light

ASM (5). Align the positioning claws (2 locations) 10
11
(6) with the head light groove, align the grommet
LNW79ASH006001
(8) with the vehicle side bracket (7) and insert it
firmly while sliding it towards the rear side of the 6. Connect the battery ground cable.
vehicle. 7. Perform a lighting check.
LNW79AMH000201
Front Turn Signal Light ASM(NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/S,NQR)

Removal • Insert it into the stud bolt at the front grille (4)
side.
• Firmly insert the clips (2 locations) at the
2. Remove the headlight grille cover (3).
outside of the vehicle into the front panel side.
• Remove the headlight grille cover (3) from the Open the door and tighten the screw from
protrusion (at 2 locations) under the headlight. inside.
• Tighten the nut (1) to the front grille (4) side.
Tightening torque: 9.8 N⋅m (1.0 kgf⋅m/87 lb⋅in)
2
1 2
4 3
LNW79ASH001101
3. Open the door and insert a phillips head 3

4
screwdriver (1) in the gap between the cab and the
LNW79ASH001101
door from inside the door to loosen the screws (2)
at the top and the bottom of the turn signal light. 2. Install the front grille (4). Refer to "Radiator Grille/
4. Remove 1 installation nut (1) at the front grille (4) Front Panel (High/Wide Cab)" in Section 9G Cab.
side of the front turn signal light (2). 3. Connect the battery ground cable.
5. Disconnect the connector of the front turn signal 4. Confirm that the light turns on.
light.
Door Side Cab Side
MFW89ASH001301
Installation
1. Install the front turn signal light ASM.
• Connect the connector of the front turn signal
light ASM.
Fog Light Bulb

Removal
2. Turn the bulb cover (1) to remove it.
3. Remove the fog light bulb (2).
1
2
LNW79ASH001301
Installation
1. Install the fog light bulb.
2. Turn the bulb cover to attach it.
Rear Fog Light Bulb

Removal
2. Loosen the lens (1) screw, and remove the lens
(1).
3. Loosen the bulb (2) by turning it counterclockwise
while pressing on it.
2
1
LNW89ASH001601
Legend
1. Lens
2. Bulb
Installation
Install it in the reverse order of the removal and confirm
that the light turns on.
Clearance Light Blub

Removal
NHR
2. Remove the combination light ASM.
Refer to "Front Combination Light ASM (NHR)" in
this section.
3. Remove the clearance light bulb.
NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR

2. Remove the headlight ASM.
Refer to "Headlight ASM (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/
S,NQR)" in this section.
3. Remove the clearance light bulb.
Installation
NHR
1. Install the clearance light bulb.
2. Install the front combination light ASM.
this section.
NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR vehicles

1. Install the clearance light bulb.
2. Install the headlight ASM.
Refer to "Headlight ASM (NLR,NMR,NNR,NPR/
S,NQR)" in this section.
Cornaring Light Bulb

Removal
NHR
2. Remove the front combination light ASM.
1
Refer to "Front Combination Light ASM (NHR )" in
this section.
3. Remove the cornering light bulb.

2. Open the door, remove the hole cover (2), and
remove the installation nut (1) of the side light Tab
ASM.
3
2
2 LNW89ASH001101
5. Remove the harness connector and remove the

side light ASM.
6. Turn the cornering light bulb socket (1) to remove
it, and remove the bulb (2) from the socket.
LNW79ASH001501
3. Slide the side light ASM towards the vehicle front

(1), and remove(2) the claw at the back of the side
light ASM.
4. When the claw at the back is removed, slide the
side light ASM towards the back side of the
1 2
vehicle. When the claw at the front of the side light
ASM is removed, pull the side light ASM towards
LNW79ASH001701
you to take it out. (3)
Installation
NHR
1. Install the cornering light bulb.
2. Install the front combination light ASM.
this section.

1. Install the bulb to the socket.

2. Install the harness connector and install the side
light ASM in the reverse order of the removal.
3. Install the hole cover.
Taillight/Stoplight Bulb
Removal
2. Remove the lens (1).
• Remove the 4 screws.
3. Remove the bulb (2) by turning it to the left while
pushing it.
2 1
LNW29ASH001001
Installation
Backup Light Bulb

Removal
pushing it.
1
2
LNW29ASH001201
Installation
License Plate Light Bulb

Removal
2. Remove the cover (1).
• Remove the 1 screw.
pushing it.
LNW29ASH001101
Installation
Side Turn Signal Light Bulb

Removal 6. Turn the side turn signal light bulb socket (1) to
remove it, and remove the bulb (2) from the
socket.
2. Open the door, remove the hole cover (2), and
remove the installation nut (1) of the side light
ASM.
2 1
LNW79ASH001801
LNW79ASH001501 Installation
3. Slide the side light ASM towards the vehicle front 1. Install the bulb to the socket.
(1), and remove (2) the claw at the back of the side
2. Install the harness connector and install the
light ASM.
combination light ASM.
4. When the claw at the back is removed, slide the
3. Install the hole cover.
side light ASM towards the back side of the
vehicle. When the claw at the front of the side light 4. Connect the battery ground cable.
ASM is removed, pull the side light ASM towards 5. Confirm that the light turns on.
you to take it out. (3)
Tab
2
LNW89ASH001101
5. Remove the harness connector and remove the

side light ASM.
Roof-Mounted Clearance Light Bulb

Removal
2. Loosen the lens (1) screw, and remove the lens.
3. Lift out and remove the bulb (2).
4. Loosen the nut from the base (3), remove the
connector and remove the base .
Roof panel
LNW78DSH003701
Legend
1. Lens
2. Bulb
3. Base(With gasket)
Installation
Dome Light Bulb

Removal
3. Remove the bulb (1).
NHR
LNW79ASH002101
LNW79ASH002001
Installation
Lighting Switch (Combination Switch)

Removal
When replacing the whole switch
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. 1
2. Remove the steering wheel.
6
a. Remove the steering cowl (2).
b. Remove the screw (3) and remove the 7
2
combination switch (1).
Refer to "Steering Column & Steering Shaft" in
3
Section 6B Power Steering.
5
1
4
2
3
LNW79ASH002801
LNW79ASH002701
When replacing the lever unit only

2. Remove the steering wheel.
Remove the steering cowl (1).
Refer to "Steering Column & Steering Shaft" in
Section 6B Power Steering.
3. Remove the lever unit (turn signal side / wiper
side).
4. Turn signal side
a. Remove the screw (4).
b. Remove the snap fit (2).
c. Remove the lever unit (3).
5. Wiper side
a. Remove the screw (5).
b. Remove the snap fit (7).
c. Remove the lever unit (6).

Inspection
Operate the switch lever to inspect the continuity
between the connector terminals.
If any abnormality is found in the inspection results,
replace it with a normal one.
RHD
C
B
A B B C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 (with Airbag) (without Airbag) 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
D E
2 1 1
(with Airbag) (with Airbag)

LNW89AMF000501

LHD
C
B
A B B C
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 (with Airbag) (without Airbag) 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
D E
2 1 1
(with Airbag) (with Airbag)

LNW89AMF000601
Connector A (RHD/LHD)
Wiper/Washer Switch Exhaust Brake
Terminal Terminal
10 9 12 14 16 13 15
Position No. Position No.
OFF OFF
INT ON
LO
HI
WASHER
LNW89AMF000701

Connector C (RHD/LHD)
Turn Signal Light / Cornering Light Switch
Terminal
2 1 3 12 10 11 7
Position No.
L'
NEUTRAL
R'
Lighting Switch
Terminal Terminal
15 18 14 17 - 16 13 -
Position No. Position No.
OFF HIGH
T LOWER
H PASSING
REAR FOG
LNW89AMF000801
Installation
Perform installation in the reverse order of the removal.
Dimmer Passing Switch (Combination Switch)

Removal
Refer to "Lighting Switch (Combination Switch)" in this
section.
Inspection
RHD
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
Terminal No.
14 16 13 15
Position
Dimmer/ UPPER
Passing
Switch PASSING
MFW89ASH000201
LHD
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
Terminal No.
14 16 13 15
Position
Dimmer/ UPPER
Passing
Switch PASSING
MFW89ASH000301
Installation
section.
Door Switch
Removal Inspection
NHR Operate the switch to inspect the continuity between
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. the connector terminals.
2. Remove the door switch (1).
• Remove the screw (2) while pushing the slide
section of the switch.
Switch operation Terminal (1) Ground
• Remove the connector.
When pressed — —
When released { {
Installation
1
LNW29ASH002301

2. Open the cover with a flat-blade screwdriver, etc.
and remove the screw (1).
3. Pull out the door switch (2) and remove the
harness connector (3).
3 2 1
LNW79ASH003001
Key Reminder Switch

Removal
2. Remove the steering cowl. Refer to "Lighting
Switch (Combination Switch)" in this section.
NOTE:
Be careful not to touch and damage the antenna coil
area of the immobilizer control unit.
3. Remove the key reminder switch (1).
LNW79ASH003201
Inspection
Place a circuit tester at the terminal of the key reminder
switch and inspect whether there is continuity when the
key is inserted with the key cylinder in "LOCK" position.
Installation
Hazard Warning Flasher Light Switch

Removal LHD
2. Remove the meter cluster.
Refer to "Instrument Panel (Standard Cab)" or
"Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide Cab)" in
Section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim.
CAUTION:
When removing the meter cluster, do not pull it out by 1
holding the hazard switch.
It may cause the switch to break.
3. Remove it while pushing the claw (1) of the hazard

switch (2) from the back side of the instrument
panel.
RHD(NHR) 2
LNW89ASH000501
Inspection
Operate the switch to inspect the continuity between
1 the connector terminals.
4 3 2 1
LNW79ASH003301
RHD
8 7
Terminal No.
1 2 3 4 7 8
SW position
ON
OFF
1 MFW89CSH001401
Installation
LNW89ASH000601
Stoplight Switch
Removal
2. Remove the stoplight switch (1).
• Disconnect the connector of the stoplight L
switch. 1
• Loosen the lock nut (2).

• Turn and remove the switch main unit from the
bracket.
LNW29ASH002701
1 2
LNW79ASH003501
Installation
1. Stop light switch
• Screw in the stoplight switch (3) until the tip of
its threaded portion hits the brake pedal (2).
NOTE:
Be careful not press the pedal with the tip of the switch.
2. Turn the stoplight switch back 1/2 turns and check

to make sure that the gap (L) between the pedal
and the tip of the threaded portion is 0.2-0.8mm
(0.008-0.031in), and tighten the lock nut (1).
3. Connect the connector.
Backup Light Switch

Removal
Refer to "Reverse Switch" in Section 5B Automatic
Transmission Smoother or "Reverse Switch and
Neutral Switch" in Section 5C Manual Transmission
MYY.
Installation
Refer to "Reverse Switch" in Section 5B Automatic
Transmission Smoother or "Reverse Switch and
Neutral Switch" in Section 5C Manual Transmission
MYY.
Turn Signal Light Switch (Combination Switch)

Removal
section.
Inspection
RHD
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
Terminal No.
2 1 3 12 10 11
Position
Turn TURN LEFT
Signal
NEUTRAL
Light
Switch
TURN RIGHT
MFW89ASH000501
LHD
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
Terminal No.
2 1 3 12 10 11
Position
Turn TURN LEFT
Signal
NEUTRAL
Light
Switch
TURN RIGHT
MFW89ASH000601
Installation
section.
Fog Light Switch

Removal
2. Remove the IP cluster.
Refer to "Instrument Panel (IP) Cluster " in Section
3. Disconnect the connector of the fog light switch
and push it out from the back side of the IP cluster.
Inspection
the connector terminals.
replace the meter with a normal one.
4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6 5
Terminal No.
1 2 6 5 8 7
SW position
ON
OFF
LNW89ASH001201
Installation
PTO Switch
Removal
3. Disconnect the connector of the PTO switch and
push it out from the back side of the IP cluster.
Inspection
4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6 5
Terminal No.
3 4 8 7
SW position
ON
OFF
LNW89ASH000201
Installation
Transfar Gear Control Switch

Removal
3. Remove the transfar gear control switch.
• Remove the lock of the switch and push it out
from the back side of the IP cluster.
Inspection
3 2 1
6 5 4
Terminal No.
4 1 3 6 5
SW position
HIGH ON
LOW ON
OFF
LNW89ASH001801
Installation
Headlight Leveling Switch/Leveling Register

Removal
3. Remove the headlight leveling switch.
• Disconnect the connector of the switch and
push it out from the back side of the IP cluster.
5 4 3 2 1
LNW79ASH004201
Inspection
Inspect the continuity between each terminal of the
switch and the register.
Power supply 3
(12V)
732 Position 4
267 Position 3
267 Position 2
5 Signal
267
Position 1
267
Position 0
4 Ground
200
Taillight Relay
2 1 Ground
Illumination light
MFW89ASH001901
Installation
Cruise Control Main Switch

Removal
3. Disconnect the connector of the cruise control
main switch and push it out from the back side of
the IP cluster.
Inspection
1 5
2 6
8
3
Terminal
No.
3 4 7 8
Switch
Position
ON
OFF
LNW780SH001101
Installation
DC-DC Converter
Removal LHD
NLR, NMR vehicles
2. Remove the knee bolster panel (on the passenger
side).
Refer to "Instrument Panel (Standard Cab)" in
3. Remove the harness connector from the BCM &
DC-DC converter (1).
NLR, NMR vehicles
LNW89BSH001801
4. Remove the keyless entry control unit, and remove

the BCM unit from the bottom.
5. Remove the DC-DC converter (3) from the bracket
(4).
LNW89ASH001501
• Remove the BCM unit from the bottom.

• Remove the two nuts from the BCM unit (2),
and remove the DC-DC converter unit from the
bottom.
RHD
LNW89ASH001001
NNR,NPR/S, NQR vehicles

side).
2 Refer to "Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide Cab)"
in Section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim.
3. Remove the side trim panel (on the passenger
side).
LNW89BSH001701 • Refer to "Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide
Cab)" in Section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim.
4. Remove the windshield washer tank.
• Refer to "Windshield Washer Motor" in Section
9B Wiper/Washer System.

5. Remove the harness connector.
6. Remove the two nuts from the bracket (2), and
remove the DC-DC converter unit(3) from the
bottom.
NNR, NPR/S,NQR vehicles without BCM
3
LNW89ASH000901
7. Remove the two nuts from the BCM unit (4), and
remove the DC-DC converter unit(3) from the
bottom.
NNR, NPR/S,NQR vehicles with BCM
LNW89ASH001001
Installation
Wiper/Washer System 9B-1

Wiper/Washer System
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Windshield Wiper and Washer System . . . . . . . . . 9B-2
Description of Function and Operation. . . . . . . . 9B-2
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-6
Windshield Wiper or Washer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-9
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-9
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-9
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-10
Front Wiper Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-11
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-12
Washer Nozzole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-14
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-14
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-14
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-14
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-14
Windshield Washer Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-15
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-15
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-16
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-16
Wiper link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-18
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-18
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-19
Wiper Arm & Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-21
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-21
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-21
Wiper Blade Rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-23
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-23
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-23
Wiper Intermittent Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-25
Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-25
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-25
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9B-28
9B-2 Wiper/Washer System
Windshield Wiper and Washer System

The wiper / washer system comprises the following
units. The system is activated when the ignition switch
is in the "ON" position.
• Wiper & washer switch
• Intermittent relay
• Wiper motor
• Washer motor
• Washer nozzle
• Windshield washer tank
• Wiper arm & blade
Intermittent relay the low speed operation of the wiper
motor. The washer motor and the high speed operation
are controlled directly by the wiper & washer switch.
intermittent relay detects the operation signal of the
wiper & washer switch.
Windshield washer
When the windshield washer switch is turned ON, the
voltage will be supplied to the washer motor.
intermittent relay monitors this circuit voltage in order to
detect the wiper interlocking request signal. Shortly
after it detects the signal, it activates the wiper main
relay and drives the wiper motor at low speed.
Wiper intermittent drive (INT)

This drives the wiper intermittently at low speed. When
the wiper switch is at the "INT" position, the intermittent
relay activates the wiper main relay only for a fixed time
with a fixed interval and drives the wiper motor at low
speed.
Wiper low speed drive (LO)

When the wiper switch is at the "LO" position, the wiper
main relay is activated to drive the wiper motor at low
speed. The low speed drive can be tested with the
"wiper output" of the actuator test in a scan tool. Refer
to "BCM System" in Section 10B Vehicle Control.
Wiper high speed drive (HI)

When the wiper switch is at the "HI" position, the wiper
main relay and the wiper high low relay are activated to
drive the wiper motor at high speed.

Components
Standard cab
4
3
2
1
10 6
7 11
8
9
LNW89BMF000101
Legend
1. Washer nozzle LH 7. Wiper motor
2. Wiper arm LH 8. Windshield washer tank
3. Washer nozzle RH 9. Washer motor
4. Wiper arm RH 10. Washer hose
5. Link rod RH 11. Intermittent relay
6. Link rod LH

High cab, Wide cab(RHD)
2
1
7
11
10
LNW89BMF000201
Legend
1. Wiper motor 7. Link rod LH
2. Washer nozzle LH 8. Washer hose
3. Wiper arm LH 9. Windshield washer tank
4. Washer nozzle RH 10. Washer motor
5. Wiper arm RH 11. Intermittent relay
6. Link rod RH

High cab, Wide cab(LHD)
1 4
6
11
7
10
LNW89BMF000301
Legend
1. Washer nozzle RH 7. Wiper motor
2. Wiper arm RH 8. Windshield washer tank
3. Washer nozzle LH 9. Washer hose
4. Wiper arm LH 10. Washer motor
5. Link rod RH 11. Intermittent relay
6. Link rod LH

The wiper does not operate regardless of the - Between the cab junction block and the wiper
switch position motor.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection - Between the wiper & washer switch and GND
(cab).
The wiper does not operate at the "INT" position
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition. Prior confirmation and visual inspection
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, • Check that the battery voltage is normal.
etc.), investigate/repair the cause (harness short If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or
circuit, etc.) before replacing the fuse. replace the battery.
• Check that the ground connection is normal. • Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown,
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair etc.), investigate/repair the cause (harness short
and clean. circuit, etc.) before replacing the fuse.
• Check that the harness and the connector are in a • Check that the ground connection is normal.
normal condition. If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
Check that the connector for connection failures to improper installation, considerable dirt), repair
and the harness for abnormalities such as friction and clean.
or bent. Check that the wire inside the harness has • Check that the harness and the connector are in a
not come loose and caused short circuit. normal condition.
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical Check the connector for connection failures and
components (radio and lights, etc.). the harness for abnormalities such as friction or
Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical bent. Check the wire inside the harness has not
components, so that they do not affect the come loose and caused short circuit.
inspection or the operation. • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
Structural components inspection Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
• Check the wiper fuse (F8). components, so that they do not affect the
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, inspection or the operation.
etc.), investigate / repair the cause (harness short
circuit, etc.) before replacing the fuse. Structural components inspection
• Check the key on relay function. • Check the wiper & washer switch.
Check the key on relay for abnormality. Replace it Operate the wiper & washer switch and check that
if an abnormality is found. the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If
• Check the wiper main relay function. a problem is found, replace the switch.
Check the wiper main relay for abnormality. • Check the BCM.
Replace it if an abnormality is found. Check the DTC and replace the BCM if any
• Check the wiper high low relay function. abnormality is found.
Check the wiper high low relay for abnormality. - Refer to "BCM System" in Section 10B Vehicle
Replace it if an abnormality is found. Control.
• Check the wiper & washer switch.
Operate the wiper & washer switch and check that Circuit inspection
the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If • Check the following circuits for open circuits, short
a problem is found, replace the switch. circuits (power supply and GND), or high
• Check the wiper motor. resistance.
Replace the wiper motor if a failure is found. If defects are discovered, repair or replace the
circuit.
Circuit inspection - Between the wiper & washer switch and the
• Check the following circuits for open circuits, short BCM.
resistance. The wiper does not operate at the "LO" position
If an abnormality is discovered, repair or replace Prior confirmation and visual inspection
the circuit.
- Between the cab junction block and the wiper & If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or
washer switch. replace the battery.

• Check that fuses are in normal condition. • Check that the ground connection is normal.
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
etc.), investigate/repair the cause (harness short to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
circuit, etc.) before replacing the fuse. and clean.
• Check that the ground connection is normal. • Check that the harness and the connector are in a
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due normal condition.
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair Check that the connector for connection failures
and clean. and the harness for abnormalities such as friction
• Check that the harness and the connector are in a or bent. Check that the wire inside the harness has
normal condition. not come loose and caused short circuit.
Check that the connector for connection failures • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
and the harness for abnormalities such as friction components (radio and lights, etc.).
or bent. Check that the wire inside the harness has Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
not come loose and caused short circuit. components, so that they do not affect the
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical inspection or the operation.
Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical Structural components inspection
components, so that they do not affect the • Check the wiper & washer switch.
inspection or the operation. Operate the wiper & washer switch and check that
the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If
Structural components inspection a problem is found, replace the switch.
• Check the wiper & washer switch. • Check the wiper motor.
Operate the wiper & washer switch and check that Replace the wiper motor if it is defective.
the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If • Check the wiper high low relay function.
a problem is found, replace the switch. Check the wiper high low relay for abnormality.
• Check the wiper motor. Replace it if an abnormality is found.
Replace the wiper motor if it is defective.
• Check the wiper high low relay function. Circuit inspection
Check the wiper high low relay for abnormality. • Check the following circuits for open circuits, short
Replace it if an abnormality is found. circuits (power supply and GND), or high
• Check the wiper main relay function. resistance.
Check the wiper main relay for abnormality. If defects are discovered, repair or replace the
Replace it if an abnormality is found. circuit.
- Between the cab junction block and the wiper &
Circuit inspection washer switch.
• Check the following circuits for open circuits, short - Between the cab junction block and the wiper
circuits (power supply and GND), or high motor.
resistance.
If an abnormality is discovered, repair or replace The wiper's auto-stop does not function
the circuit. Prior confirmation and visual inspection
- Between the cab junction block and the wiper &
washer switch.
- Between the cab junction block and the wiper replace the battery.
motor.
The wiper does not operate at the "HI" position
Prior confirmation and visual inspection circuit, etc.) before replacing the fuse.
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. • Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
replace the battery. to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition. and clean.
If a fuse has a failure (due to a meltdown, etc.), • Check that the harness and the connector are in a
investigate/repair the cause (harness short circuit, normal condition.
etc.) before replacing the fuse. Check that the connector for connection failures
and the harness for abnormalities such as friction
or bent. Check that the wire inside the harness has

• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical • Check that the ground connection is normal.
components (radio and lights, etc.). If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
components, so that they do not affect the and clean.
inspection or the operation. • Check that the harness and the connector are in a
normal condition.
Structural components inspection Check that the connector for connection failures
• Check the wiper & washer switch. and the harness for abnormalities such as friction
Operate the wiper & washer switch and check that or bent. Check that the wire inside the harness has
the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If not come loose and caused short circuit.
a problem is found, replace the switch. • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
• Check the wiper motor. components (radio and lights, etc.).
Replace the wiper motor if a failure is found. Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
The wiper motor does not stop inspection or the operation.
• Check the wiper fuse (F8).
etc.), investigate / repair the cause (harness short
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition. circuit, etc.) before replacing the fuse.
Operate the wiper & washer switch and check that
circuit, etc.) before replacing the fuse.
• Check that the ground connection is normal. a problem is found, replace the switch.
• Check the washer motor.
Replace the washer motor if a failure is found.
and clean.
• Check that the harness and the connector are in a Circuit inspection
normal condition.
Check that the connector for connection failures
and the harness for abnormalities such as friction
resistance.
or bent. Check that the wire inside the harness has
the circuit.
- Between the cab junction block and the washer
motor.
components, so that they do not affect the - Between the washer motor and the wiper &
inspection or the operation. washer switch.
- Between the wiper & washer switch and GND
Structural components inspection (cab).
Operate the wiper & washer switch and check that
a problem is found, replace the switch.
• Check the wiper motor.
Replace the wiper motor if a failure is found.
The washer motor does not operate

circuit, etc.) before replacing the fuse.
Windshield Wiper or Washer Switch

Removal Inspection
Refer to the "Lighting Switch (Combination Switch)" in Inspect the continuity at the switch's connector
Section 9A Lighting System. terminals when the switch is operated. If any
abnormality is found in the inspection results, repair or
RHD
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
Hi speed
Low speed
(Inter minittent)
WASHER
OFF
SWITCH
MFW89BSF000101
LHD
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
HI(High speed)
LO(Low speed)
(Inter minittent)
OFF WASHER
SWITCH
LNW89BSF000101
Pin No.
Washer switch Wiper switch
10 9 12 14 16
OFF – – – – –
INT – { – { –
OFF
LO { { – – –
HI { { { – –
ON OFF, INT, LO, HI – { – – {

{: Continuity exists
-: no continuity
Installation
Refer to the "Lighting Switch (Combination Switch)" in
Section 9A Lighting System.
Front Wiper Motor

Removal 6. Remove the intermediate duct of the air
conditioner by sliding it.
Standard cab
side).
• Refer to "Instrument Panel (Standard Cab)" in
side).
4. Remove the 2 nuts and 1 bolt and remove the
windshield washer tank (2).
• Disconnect the connector of the washer motor
(1).
• Disconnect the washer hose.
LNW79BSH001701
7. Remove the ball joint of the linkage section of the

crank arm (1) and the wiper link (2).
1 2
1
LNW79BSH000301
5. Remove the glove box or the passenger air bag.

• Refer to "Passenger Airbag ASM" in Section 8B
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
LNW79BSH001801
8. Remove the wiper motor (1).

• Disconnect the harness connector.

• Remove 4 installation screws. LHD
1
1
LNW89BSH000201
LNW79BSH000101
High cab, Wide cab

Installation
Standard cab
2. Remove the radiator grille and the front panel.
CAUTION:
• Refer to "Radiator Grille/Front Panel (High/
When the crank arm is removed from the wiper motor,
Wide Cab)" in Section 9G Cab.
tighten the motor shaft nut at the specified torque.
3. Remove the wiper motor (1).
• Remove the ball joint of the linkage section of Tightening torque: 16 N⋅m (1.6 kgf⋅m/12 lb⋅ft)
the crank arm (2) and the wiper link (3) of the 1. Install the wiper motor.
wiper motor.
• Temporarily tighten the motor with one of 4
• Remove 4 installation screws. wiper motor installation screws.
• Pull the wiper motor towards you and • Confirm that the motor is stopped at the auto-
disconnect the harness connector. stop position, and then align the ball joint of the
RHD crank arm with the coupler at the wiper link's
linkage section, and fasten them while pulling
3 the wiper link towards you.
• Install the motor with 4 screws.
• Connect the harness connector.
Tightening torque: 8 N⋅m (0.8 kgf⋅m/69 lb⋅in)
2. Install the intermediate duct of the air conditioner.
3. Install the glove box or the passenger air bag.
4. Install the windshield washer tank.
• Firmly insert and connect the washer hose to
the water supply port of the washer motor.
• Connect the harness connector of the washer
motor.
2 1
• Fasten the windshield washer tank with 2 nuts
and 1 bolts.
LNW79BSH000801
Tightening torque: 19 N⋅m (1.9 kgf⋅m/14 lb⋅ft)
5. Assemble the side trim panel and the knee bolster
panel (on the passenger side) in this order.

7. Confirm the operation.
High cab, Wide cab

CAUTION:
When the crank arm is removed from the wiper motor,
tighten the motor shaft nut at the specified torque.
1. Install the wiper motor.
• Install the motor with 4 screws.
Tightening torque: 8 N⋅m (0.8 kgf⋅m/69 lb⋅in)
• Confirm that the motor is stopped at the auto-
stop position, and then align the linkage hole of
the crank arm with the ball joint of the wiper
link's linkage section, and fit the wiper link in.
2. Install the radiator grille and the front panel.
Washer Nozzole
Removal Adjustment
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. Adjust the direction of the nozzle's emission port so
2. Turn the resin nut (1) to the left to remove it and that the washer fluid lands on the target position.
remove the rubber seal (2). RHD
3. Turn the washer nozzle (3) to the left and pull it 1
outside, and remove the washer hose.
NOTE: 82mm125mm
Be careful not to let the removed washer hose get into
410mm
342mm
the cab.
1 2 3 2
High cab 405mm
High cab 190mm Wide cab 570mm
Wide cab 280mm
420mm
LNW89BSH000501
LHD
3
LNW79BSH000201
High cab 405mm
Wide cab 570mm High cab 190mm
Inspection Wide cab 280mm
420mm
Inspect that the emission port of the washer nozzle is

not clogged.
repair it or replace it with a normal one.
Installation
1. Connect the washer hose to the nozzle.
LNW89BSH000401
• Insert it firmly. (8mm (0.32 in) or more)
Legend
2. Turn the washer nozzle to the right for about 45°
1. Water-landing location RHD (standard cab)
and fix it to the panel.
2. Water-landing location RHD (high-cab and wide-
3. Set the rubber seal to the resin nut, and turn it to cab)
the right to tighten and fasten it. 3. Water-landing location LHD (high-cab and wide-
cab)
NOTE:
Check the nozzle's installation status for looseness.

Windshield Washer Motor

Removal 5. Remove the clip band that fasten the motor of the
windshield washer tank.
Standard cab
6. Remove the washer motor (1) from the windshield
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. washer tank (2).
2. Remove the knee bolster panel (on the passenger RHD
side).
Section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim .
side).
4. Remove the 2 nuts and 1 bolt and remove the
• Disconnect the connector of the washer motor.
5. Remove the clip band that fasten the motor of the
windshield washer tank.
2
6. Remove the washer motor (1) from the windshield 1
washer tank (2).
•
LNW79BSH000901
LHD
2
2
1
LNW79BSH000301 1
High-cab, Wide-cab LNW89BSH000301

side).
• Refer to "Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide
side).
4. Remove 1 nut and 2 bolts and remove the
• Disconnect the connector of the washer motor.

Inspection
Inspect whether the cleaning fluid jets out when the
battery's positive (+) side is connected to the washer
motor's connector terminal 1 and negative (-) side is
connected to the terminal 2.
1 2
1
LNW79BSH000301
High-cab, Wide-cab
1. Assemble the washer motor (1) to the windshield
washer tank (2).
• Replace the grommet with a new one and set it
to the tank side.
LNW79BSH001601
• Insert the water supply port of the motor into the
grommet.
Installation • Fasten the washer motor to the windshield
washer tank with a clip band.
Standard cab
2. Fix the windshield washer tank (2) to the body.
1. Assemble the washer motor (1) to the windshield
• Firmly insert and connect the washer hose to
washer tank (2).
the water supply port of the washer motor.
• Replace the grommet with a new one and set it
• Connect the connector of the washer motor.
to the tank side.
• Fasten the windshield washer tank with 1 nut
• Insert the water supply port of the motor into the
and 2 bolts.
grommet.
• Fasten the washer motor to the windshield Tightening torque: 28 N⋅m (2.8 kgf⋅m/20 lb⋅ft)
washer tank with a clip band. 3. Connect the battery ground cable.
2. Fix the windshield washer tank (2) to the body. 4. Confirm the operation.
• Firmly insert and connect the washer hose to 5. Assemble the side trim panel and the knee bolster
the water supply port of the washer motor. panel (on the passenger side) in this order.
• Connect the connector of the washer motor. • Refer to "Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide
• Fasten the windshield washer tank with 2 nuts Cab)" in Section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim.
and 1 bolt.
5. Assemble the side trim panel and the knee bolster
panel (on the passenger side) in this order.
• Refer to "Instrument Panel (Standard Cab) " in

RHD
2
1
LNW79BSH000901
LHD
LNW89BSH000301
Wiper link
Removal • Remove the 2 installation nuts at the pivot
section of the right side wiper.
Standard cab
2. Remove the wiper arm & blade (1).
Refer to "Wiper Arm & Blade" in this section.
3. Remove the rubber seal (2) of the pivot (3).
1 2 3
LNW79BSH000601
• Remove the 2 installation nuts at the pivot

section of the left side wiper.
LNW79BSH000401
4. Remove the instrument panel ASM.

5. Remove the instrument reinforcement ASM.
6. Remove the wiper motor.
• Remove 4 installation screws.
• Remove the coupler of the linkage section of
the crank arm and the wiper link of the wiper
motor.
7. Remove the wiper link ASM.
LNW79BSH000701
High-cab, Wide-cab
2. Remove the radiator grille and the front panel.
3. Remove the wiper arm & blade.
• Refer to "Wiper Arm & Blade" in this section.

4. Remove the coupler of the linkage section of the 6. Remove the wiper link ASM.
crank arm (2) and the wiper link (1) of the wiper
motor.
1 2
LNW79BSH001101
LNW79BSH001901
5. Remove the rubber seal (1) and then remove the

Installation
nut (2) and the spacer (3) using a deep socket. Standard cab
1. Install the wiper link ASM.
NOTE:
Use a thin type deep socket whose width is 28mm and • Tighten the left and the right pivots with nuts.
depth is 55mm (2.2in) or more to remove the nut. Tightening torque: 19 N⋅m (1.9 kgf⋅m/14 lb⋅ft)
2. Install the wiper motor.
• Refer to "Front Wiper Motor" in this section.
1 2 3
3. Install the instrument reinforcement panel ASM.
4. Install the instrument panel ASM.
5. Install the wiper arm & blade.
LNW79BSH002001

High-cab, Wide-cab
1. Install the wiper link ASM.
1 2 3
LNW79BSH002001
3. Install the rubber seal (1).

LNW79BSH001101
4. Install the coupler of the linkage section of the
• Align the protrusion of the pivot with the crank arm and the wiper link of the wiper motor.
positioning hole of the inner panel. 5. Install the wiper arm & blade.
6. Install the radiator grille and the front panel.
Right Hand Side Center Wide Cab) " in Section 9G Cab.
LNW89BSH001501
2. Install the spacer (3) and use a deep socket to

tighten the nut (2).
NOTE:
Use a thin type deep socket whose width is 28mm and
depth is 55mm (2.2in) or more to remove the nut.
Wiper Arm & Blade

Removal Standard cab
2. Remove the wiper arm cover (1).
3. Remove the nut (2) and remove the wiper arm &
blade (3).
1 2 3
(H) (H)
LNW79BSH001501
High-cab, Wide-cab (RHD)
LNW79BSH001301
Installation
1. Install the wiper arm & blade.
• Confirm that the wiper motor is stopped at the
auto-stop position before installing the wiper (H)
arm & blade to the shaft.
• Place it so that the distance (H) from the left
and right blade tips to the top edge of the
windshield molding will be as shown in the
diagram.
Align the left side blade of the high cab and the
wide cab with the notch of the mounting seat
LNW79BSH001401
surface of the front windshield glass.
Vehicle model H
Standard cab 45±10mm
(1.77±0.39in)
High-cab, Wide-cab 70±10mm
(2.76±0.39in)

High-cab, Wide-cab (LHD)
)H(
LNW89BSH000601
2. Tighten the nut.

3. Install the wiper arm cover.
Wiper Blade Rubber

Removal Installation
1. Remove the wiper blade (1). 1. Install the wiper blade rubber (2).
• Push the lock (2) of the wiper blade while • Assemble the support metal (A),(B) to the new
pulling the wiper blade in the direction of the rubber blade, insert the groove (3) at the ear of
arrow. the rubber into the claws (4) of the levers (1)
and fasten it by pinching the rubber.
1
A
2
2
B
4
LNW29BSH000901
MFW79BSH002101
CAUTION: • Check that the ear (2) of the stay firmly bites
When the wiper blade is removed, cover the tip of the the rubber (1).
wiper arm with a cloth so that the glass will not be
damaged.
2. Remove the wiper blade rubber (2).

• Pull the rubber and remove the groove section
(3) of the rubber from the ear (4) of the blade
stay (1).
1
• Pull out the rubber in the direction of the arrow.
• Remove the 2 support metals (A),(B).
A 2
2
LNW59DSH001201
2. Install the wiper blade (1) to the wiper arm (2).

B
4
MFW79BSH002001

• Check that the wiper blade lock is secure.
LNW59DSH001301
Wiper Intermittent Relay

Circuit Diagram
Combination Switch
Terminal
SW No. 14 12 10 9 16
Position
Starter
Switch Washer
HI
LO
INT
OFF
6 2
Washer
Motor
Intermittent
1 3 M
Relay
5 1
Wiper Wiper
Hi/Lo Main
Relay Relay
Lo
Hi M Wiper
Motor
LNW89BLF000201
Removal
NHR
2. Remove the knee bolster panel(1)(on the
passenger side).
3. Remove the side trim panel(2) (on the passenger
side).
4. Remove the windshield washer tank(3).
• Refer to " Windshield Washer Motor" in this
Section.
2 3
5
1
LNW89BSH001101 LNW89BSH001601
5. Remove the harness connector. 7. Remove the intermittent relay(6) from the bracket .
• Remove the intermittent relay and door lock relay
harness(4) connector.
6
4
LNW89BSH000701
LNW89BSH001201 High Cab ,Wide Cab

6. Remove the intermittent relay and door lock relay 1. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
with bracket . 2. Remove the knee bolster panel (1) (on the
• Remove the clips (2 locations) securing the BCM passenger side).
unit • Refer to "Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide Cab)"
• Remove the BCM unit from the bottom. in Section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim.
• Remove the two nuts from the BCM unit (5), and 3. Remove the side trim panel (2) (on the passenger
remove the DC-DC converter unit from the bottom. side).
• Refer to "Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide Cab)"
4. Remove the windshield washer tank (3) .(without
NNR,NPR/S,NQR)
• Refer to " Windshield Washer Motor" in this
Section .
• Remove the clips (2 locations) securing the BCM
unit.

LHD
2 3
4
1
LNW89BSH001101
LNW89BSH000801
5. Remove the harness connector.
6. Remove the intermittent relay and door lock relay
• Remove the intermittent relay and door lock relay
with bracket .
harness(4) connector.
RHD • Remove the clips (2 locations) securing the BCM
unit
• Remove the BCM unit from the bottom.
• Remove the keyless entry control unit (6) , and
remove the BCM unit (5) from the bottom.
5
LNW89BSH001201
LNW89BSH001401
7. Remove the two nuts from the BCM unit (7), and
remove the intermittent relay and door lock relay
from the bottom..

RHD Installation
LNW89BSH001301
LHD
LNW89BSH000901
8. Remove the intermittent relay(8) from the bracket .
8
LNW89BSH001001
Entertainment 9C-1

Entertainment
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-2
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-2
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-2
Radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-3
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-3
Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-4
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-4
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-4
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-4
Front Door Speaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-5
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-5
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-5
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-5
Back Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-6
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-6
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-6
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-6
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-7
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-7
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-7
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-7
Horn Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-8
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-8
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-8
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-8
Starter Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-9
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-9
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-9
Heater Bezel Illumination Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . .9C-10
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-10
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-10
Cigarette Lighter Illumination Light Bulb . . . . . . . 9C-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9C-11
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9C-11
Switchs Check Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-12
Parts Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-12
Switch Circuit Diagram Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-17
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9C-19
9C-2 Entertainment
Cigarette Lighter
Removal LHD
1. Turn OFF the key switch. 1
2. Remove the meter cluster. 2
3
• Refer to "Instrument Panel (Standard Cab)" or
side).
"Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide Cab)" in 4
Section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim..
4. Remove the knee bolster panel (on the driver side)
(3).
Section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim..
5. Disconnect the harness connector of the cigarette MFW89CSH001601
lighter.
6. Remove the nut (1), and remove the cigarette
lighter ASM (4) and the outer case (2). Installation
RHD Perform installation in the reverse order of the removal.
1
2
3
LNW79CSH000101
Entertainment 9C-3
Radio
Removal
2. Remove the meter cluster.
3. Remove the radio (1).
• Remove 4 radio mounting bolts.
• Disconnect the connector and the feeder plug.
RHD
LNW79CSH000201
LHD
MFW89CSH001501
Installation
9C-4 Entertainment
Antenna
Removal • The antenna pole generally has a few sections that
expand and contract. If the connecting part of the
1. Turn OFF the key switch.
power receiving metal gets rusted, connectivity will
2. Disconnect the joint connector (5). be impaired and so will the sensitivity. Be careful of
3. Remove the bolts (3) at 2 locations on the top and these sections getting rusted.
the bottom. Set a circuit tester to resistance X 1 (Ω) range, and
4. Pull the antenna feeder (4) to the outside (1). measure the following 3 points for the inspection of the
antenna.
Between A and B.
1
• No continuity (the meter gauge needle does not
2 move) → No abnormality.
• Continuity exists → there is a biting in the feeder
line. (The core wire is shorted to the ground. The
3
sensitivity will be deteriorated.)
Between B and C.
• Continuity exists (the meter indicates 0 (Ω)) → No
abnormality.
• No continuity → Open circuits in the shielded part
6 of the core wire or improper body ground at the
screw section. (Affected by noise.)
Between A and D.
• Continuity may or may not exist.
→ Some of the antenna feeders and the relay
feeders have capacitors in them, so it cannot be
inspected by the resistance measurement. Check
the sound by temporarily connecting it to a radio.
5
D
A
4
B
LNW89CMH000101
A
Legend
1. Pull-out direction
2. Antenna base
3. Installation screw B
4. Antenna feeder
5. Antenna feeder connecting section
C
6. To radio
CAUTION: LNW79CSH000301
Tie together the lead wire at the end of the antenna
feeder beforehand to make the installation easier.
Installation
Inspection Perform installation in the reverse order of the removal.
• The metal of A section is connected to the pole
section (D) at the tip of the antenna through the
core wire of the feed line.
• At the metal part of B section, the core wire is
shielded inside the feed line and ground connected
to the body by the screw at the bracket section (C)
to prevent noise on the core wire.
Entertainment 9C-5
Front Door Speaker

Removal
2. Remove the door pad (3).
3. Remove the 3 screws (2).
4. Remove the speaker (1).
LNW79CSH000401
Inspection
Resistance measurement
• Set a circuit tester to resistance X 1 (Ω) range, and
connect the probes (red and black) of the tester to
the speaker's (+) and (-) terminals respectively.
• When it is normal, it will make a low "ZZZ" sound.
• When it is defective, it will not make a sound.
Distortion or chatter of the sound cannot be
inspected here.
Even when it is installed to the vehicle, the same
inspection can be performed by disconnecting the
connector.
When it does not make a sound, the following
failures can be considered.
• The speaker wire is disconnected at the speaker
terminals.
• Defective speaker unit.
• The speaker harness at the either side of the
vehicle has an open circuit.
• The speaker harness at the vehicle side has a
short circuit to the ground (due to biting etc.).
Installation
9C-6 Entertainment
Back Buzzer
Removal
1. Remove the rear combination light cover(1).
2. Remove the back buzzer (2).
• Remove the rear combination light connector
(3) fixing screw.
• Remove the back buzzer fixing screw.
• Discinnect the connector.
LNW89CSH000101
Inspection
Apply the battery voltage between the harness
terminals of the buzzer(1), and check that the buzzer
sounds.
LNW89CSH000201
Installation
Entertainment 9C-7
Horn
Removal
2. Remove the front bumper.
• Refer to "Front Bumper" in Section 9G Cab.
3. Remove the horn LOW (2) or HIGH (1).
LNW79CSH000801
Inspection
1. Check that the horn sounds when the connector
terminal (1) is connected to the (+) power supply,
the installation bracket section (2) is connected to
(-), and the battery voltage is applied.
LNW29CSH001101
Installation
9C-8 Entertainment
Horn Switch
Removal • Refer to "Driver Airbag ASM" in Section 8B
2. Remove the air bag ASM at the driver side.
• Refer to "Driver Airbag ASM" in Section 8B
Inspection
Inspect the continuity between the horn switch's
connector (1) terminal and the plate (2) that contacts
the steering wheel.
With SRS
LNW79CSH001201
Without SRS
A
1
A
MFW89CSH001701
Installation
1. Install the air bag ASM at the driver side.
Entertainment 9C-9
Starter Switch
Removal
Refer to "Starter Switch " in section 1E Engine
Electrical.
Installation
Refer to "Starter Switch " in section 1E Engine
Electrical.
9C-10 Entertainment
Heater Bezel Illumination Light Bulb

Removal
Refer to "Control Lever ASM" in Section 7A Heating
and Ventilation.
Installation
Entertainment 9C-11
Cigarette Lighter Illumination Light Bulb

Removal
2. Remove the cigar lighter ASM.
• Refer to "Cigarette Lighter" in this section.
3. Remove the harness connector (1) and remove
the bulb socket (2) from the panel.
LNW79ASH002601
4. Remove the bulb from the bulb socket (2).
Installation
9C-12 Entertainment
Switchs Check Method

Parts Locations
Instrument Panel (RHD) NHR
2
5 4 3
LNW89CSF000501
Legend
1. Front fog light switch 4. DPD switch
2. Smoother adjustment switch 5. Hazard warning flasher switch
3. Smoother emargency switch
Instrument Panel (RHD) Except Europe
Without PTO With PTO

123 45 6 7 123 45 6 7
15 15
14 14
13 13
11 10 9 8 12 11 10 9 8
LNW89CSF000101
Legend
1. Rear left side power window switch 9. Remote control mirror switch
2. Rear power window lock switch 10. HSA OFF switch & DPD switch
3. Rear right side power window switch 11. Mirror heater switch
4. Cruise control main switch 12. PTO switch(PTO)
5. Transfer gear control switch(NPS) 13. HSA adjustment switch/Smoother adjustment
6. ASR OFF switch / 4WD switch (NPS) switch
7. Front fog light switch 14. HSA reset switch/Smoother emargency switch
8. Headlight leveling switch 15. Hazard warning flasher switch
Entertainment 9C-13
Instrument Panel (RHD) with Europe

123 4 5 6 123 4 5 67
8
15 8 15
14 14
13 13
11 10 9 12 11 10 9
LNW89CSF000201
Legend
1. Rear left side power window switch 9. HSA OFF switch & DPD switch
2. Rear power window lock switch 10. Remote control mirror switch
3. Rear right side power window switch 11. Headlight leveling switch
4. Front fog light switch 12. PTO switch(PTO)
5. ASR OFF switch 13. HSA adjustment switch/Smoother adjustment
6. Warm-up switch switch
7. Cruise control main switch 14. HSA reset switch/Smoother emargency switch
8. Mirror heater switch 15. Hazard warning flasher switch
Instrument Panel(LHD)

7 6 5 4 321 7 6 5 4 3 21
15 15
14 14
13 13
8 9 10 11 8 9 10 11 12
LNW89CSF000301
Legend
1. Rear left side power window switch 5. Warm-up switch / Transfer gear control switch
2. Rear power window lock switch (NPS)
3. Rear right side power window switch 6. ASR OFF switch / 4WD switch (NPS)
4. Cruise control main switch 7. Front fog light switch
8. Headlight leveling switch
9C-14 Entertainment
9. Remote control mirror switch 13. HSA adjustment switch/Smoother adjustment
10. HSA OFF switch & DPD switch switch)
11. Mirror heater switch 14. HSA reset switch/Smoother emargency switch
12. PTO switch(PTO) 15. Hazard warning flasher switch
Switch Kind Table
Switch Name Symbol Operation Circuit Connector

Mode Diagram Type
ASR OFF Push momentary a 10PIN
Cruise control main Push momentary a 10PIN
DPD Push momentary j 10PIN
Push lock
DPD & HSA & d 10PIN
Push momentary
Warm-up Push lock j 10PIN
4WD Push lock g 10PIN
Front fog light Push lock c 10PIN
Headlight leveling Rotary l 5PIN
LNW89CLF000101
Entertainment 9C-15
Switch Name Symbol Operation Circuit Connector

Mode Diagram Type
Hazard warning flasher Push lock n 10PIN
HSA OFF Push lock m 10PIN
HSA or Smoother Seesaw on i 6PIN

Adjustment (Neutral position)
HSA Reset Push momentary a 10PIN
Mirror heater Push lock h 10PIN
PTO Push momentary a 10PIN
PTO Push lock f 10PIN
Smoother Push lock f 10PIN

emergency
Transfer gear control Seesaw lock k 6PIN
Remote control Left / Right select switch

mirror & o 10PIN
Angle adjustment switch
LNW89CXF000101
9C-16 Entertainment
Switch Symbol Operation Circuit Connector

Name Mode Diagram Type
Power Left side/right side 4PIN

window seesaw momentary p &
rear assembly power window 10PIN
push lock
LNW89CMF000301
Entertainment 9C-17
Switch Circuit Diagram Table
Circuit Circuit
Diagram Circuit Diagram Terminal Arrangement Diagram Circuit Diagram Terminal Arrangement
No. No.
ILL+ - ILL+ IND+ - -
8 4 4 3 2 1 8 6 4 2 4 3 2 1
a h
7 3 8 7 6 5 7 5 3 1 8 7 6 5
ILL- + ILL- IND- + +
TAIL
RELAY
ILL+ - - 6 4
8 4 2 4 3 2 1 3 1
b i
8 7 6 5 5 3 1
7 3 1 6 5 4
ILL- + + GND UPPER LOWER
&
FAST SLOW
ILL+ IND+ - ILL+ -

8 6 2 4 3 2 1 8 2 4 3 2 1
c j
7 5 1 8 7 6 5 7 1 8 7 6 5
ILL- IND- + ILL- +
TAIL TAIL
RELAY RELAY
8 10 2 2 1 6 4 3 1
d k
7 9 1 10 9 8 7 5 3 1 6 5 4
GND GND UPPER LOWER
4 2 1 VCC 3
+4 7 732 POSITION4
RV 267 POSITION3
6
LV 267 POSITION2
8 267 POSITION1
5 SIGNAL
e RH
5
l 267
LH POSITION0
4 GND
1+ TAIL 2
200
1 GND 5 4 3 2 1
RELAY (PANEL)
GND 2
8 7 6 5 (DIAL)
ILL+ MC MO ILL+ -
9 6 4 4 2 1 8 10 2 1
f m
8 7 1 2 9 8 7 6 7 9 10 9 8 7
ILL- GND +B GND ILL- +
TAIL
ILL+ RELAY
9 4 4 2 1 8 4 2 4 3 2 1
g n
8 1 2 9 8 7 6 7 3 1 8 7
ILL- GND
MFW89CXF000301
9C-18 Entertainment
Circuit Circuit Diagram Terminal Arrangement

Diagram No.
Lighting switch
Lg +B 4 3 2 1
2 4 Rimocon mirror switch
G RH
7 Rv
8 Lv
5 Rh
O 10 Lh LH mirror RH mirror
LH
3 9 1C
MLR Muo MLR Muo
G2 -E
GND Mirror driving part 10 9 8 7 6 5
MFW89CMF000101
Circuit
Circuit Diagram Terminal Arrangement
Diagram No.
IG SW "ON"
+B
Relay; power window RR
4 2 4 2
Power window Power window

3 1 3 1
RR left RR right
9
Window lock SW
UNLOCK
LOCK
UP DOWN UP DOWN
p 10
2 4 2 4
Switch ASM;
3 1 10 9 3 1
power window
RR inst panel
Rear right side Rear left side

open switch open switch
Switch ASM; P/W Switch ASM; P/W Lock
RR left (door) RR right (door)
switch
UP DOWN UP DOWN
Motor P/W Motor P/W

RR left RR right
M M
RR=Rear
LNW89CMF000201
Entertainment 9C-19
Inspection d Type
the connector terminals. 2 1
(a type-p type)
a Type
10 9 8 7
4 3 2 1 Terminal No.
2 1 10 9 8 7
SW position
ON
ON
8 7 6 5
OFF
MFW89CSH000401
Terminal No.
SW position
3 4 8 7 f Type
ON
OFF
4 2 1
MFW89CSH000101
c Type
9 8 7 6
4 3 2 1
Terminal No.
2 4 1 6 7 9 8
SW position
ON
8 7 6 5
OFF
MFW89CSH000601
Terminal No.
SW position
1 2 6 5 8 7 g Type
ON
4 2 1
OFF
MFW89CSH000301
9 8 7 6
Terminal No.
4 1 2 9 8
SW position
ON
ON
OFF
MFW89CSH000701
9C-20 Entertainment
h Type k Type
3 1
4 3 2 1
6 5 4
8 7 6 5
Terminal No.
4 1 3 6 5
SW position
Terminal No.
1 2 3 4 6 5 8 7 ON
SW position
ON ON
OFF OFF
MFW89CSH000801 MFW89CSH001101
i Type l Type
3 1
5 4 3 2 1
Terminal No.
3 5 4 2 1
SW position
0
6 5 4
Terminal No. 1
4 3 1 8 7
SW position
Upper or 2
FAST
Lower or
3
SLOW
OFF 4
j Type m Type
2 1
4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7
8 7 6 5
Terminal No. Terminal No.

1 2 8 7 9 10 8 7
SW position SW position
ON ON
OFF OFF
Entertainment 9C-21
n Type
4 3 2 1
8 7
Terminal No.
1 2 3 4 7 8
SW position
ON
OFF
MFW89CSH001401
o Type
4 3 2 1
Terminal No. 4 9 1 8 10 7 5
SW position +B -E C Lv Lh Rv Rh
UP
DOWN
LH
LEFT
RIGHT
UP
DOWN
RH
LEFT
RIGHT
10 9 8 7 6 5
MFW89CSF000101
9C-22 Entertainment
p Type
Open switch (Rear left side & Rear right side)

LH 2 1
Terminal No.
3 1 2 4
SW position
CLOSE
(UP)
LH
OPEN 4 3
(DOWN)
CLOSE RH 2 1
(UP)
RH
OPEN
(DOWN)
4 3
Lock switch
Terminal No.
9 10
SW position
(ON)
LOCK
(OFF) 10 9
UNLOCK
LNW89CMF000101
Instrumentation/Driver Info. 9E-1

Instrumentation/Driver Info.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Instrument Panel (IP) Cluster System. . . . . . . . . . 9E-2
Description of Function and Operation. . . . . . . . 9E-2
Components Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-9
General Circuit Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-13
Performing the trouble diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-15
Maintenance display and reset function. . . . . . 9E-16
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-18
Instrument Panel (IP) Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-28
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-28
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-28
Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-29
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-30
Fuel Tank Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-31
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-31
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-31
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-34
Brake Fluid Level Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-35
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-35
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-35
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-35
Vaccum Tank Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-36
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-36
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-36
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-36
Water Separator Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-37
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-37
Parking Brake Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-38
Description of Function and Operation. . . . . . . 9E-38
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-38
Vehicle Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-39
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-39
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-39
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9E-40
9E-2 Instrumentation/Driver Info.
Instrument Panel (IP) Cluster System

Description of Function and Operation Fuel gauge
The following gauges and various warnings / indicators Fuel gauge displays the remaining fuel level based on
(warning light and indicator light) are assembled to the the signal of the fuel tank unit of the fuel tank. Fuel
meter ASM. meter displays the remaining fuel level as "low" when
• Speedometer the resistance of the fuel level detector of the fuel tank
unit is high. The fuel meter displays the remaining fuel
• Tachometer (engine rpm gauge) level as "high" when the resistance of the fuel level
• Fuel gauge detector is low.
• Engine coolant temperature gauge
• Odometer / Trip Meter Engine coolant temperature gauge
• Shift indicator Vehicle without 4JB1 engine
• Multi-display (vehicles with multi-information) Engine coolant temperature gauge displays the engine
These components cannot be replaced separately coolant temperature based on the engine coolant
because they are integrated with the meter ASM. temperature signal from the ECM. The engine coolant
In addition, they are communicating with the engine temperature signal is a signal from the engine coolant
control module (ECM), the transmission control module temperature (ECT) sensor, which is detected by ECM
(TCM), the body control module (BCM) and the and inputted into the thermometer through CAN
electronic hydraulic control unit (EHCU) etc. via ECU communication.
and CAN.
Vehicle with 4JB1 engine
Speedometer Engine coolant temperature gauge indicates the engine
Vehicle with ABS coolant temperature based on the engine coolant
temperature signal of the coolant temperature sensor.
Speedometer indicates the vehicle speed based on the
vehicle speed signal outputted from the ABS control
unit (EHCU). The vehicle speed signal is corrected at
EHCU and inputted into the meter through CAN
communication.
Vehicle without ABS

Speed meter indicates the vehicle speed based on the
vehicle speed signal outputted from ECM. The vehicle
speed signal is a signal from the vehicle speed sensor
detected by ECM and inputted into the meter through
CAN communication.

Speedometer indicates the vehicle speed based on the
vehicle speed signal of the vehicle speed sensor.
Tachometer
Vehicle without 4JB1 engine
Tachometer displays the engine revolutions based on
the engine revolution signal from ECM. The engine
speed signal is a signal from the crankshaft position
(CKP) sensor detected by ECM and inputted into the
meter through CAN communication.

Tachometer indicates the engine revolutions based on
the engine revolution signal of the tachometer sensor.

Odometer / Trip meter - Fuel consumption display is requested to the
Odometer / trip meter calculate and display the mileage BCM and the data obtained through CAN
based on the vehicle speed signal from EHCU/ECM. communication will be displayed. When the fuel
Odometer / trip meter will be displayed for 5 minutes consumption indication data has not been
after the ignition switch is turned "OFF". obtained through CAN communication for 2
Switch the display using the 3 mode switch operation. seconds or more, "ERROR" is displayed on the
multi-display.
- "99.9km/L" is displayed when the total or the
sectional fuel consumption data is 99.9km/L or
more.
- The total fuel consumption display is reset at
the BCM. Refer to the "BCM System" in Section
10B Vehicle Control.
- The sectional fuel consumption is reset when
you reset the trip B.
- The instantaneous fuel consumption is the fuel
consumption at a certain moment while driving
the vehicle.
• DPD display
Select/Reset knob
- When DPD display is selected, the DPD
regeneration status signal is obtained through
Reset Reset CAN communication from ECM. PM
accumulation volume is displayed when there is
no regeneration, and the DPD regeneration
progress will be displayed when DPD is under
:Select / Reset knob-Press once
regeneration.
:Select / Reset knob-Press and hold (more than 1 second) - PM accumulation volume is displayed in 6
levels. The display on the multi-display
increases as the accumulation volume
increases.
- DPD regeneration progress is displayed in 6
levels. The display on the multi-display
LNW89EMH000101
decreases as the regeneration progresses.
Switching indication of the multi-indicator • Voltage meter
specification
- The voltage meter displays the battery voltage
• ODO > TRIP A > TRIP B > ODO in a scale of 9 levels.
Switching the display of the multi-display specs
• Calendar and Clock
• ODO > TRIP A > TRIP B > ODO Warning light and indicator light display
• Air cleaner maintenance indication
Hour meter
• Engine oil level check indicator
The hour meter uses multi-display to show
accumulated engine operating time. The engine • DPD automatic regeneration in progress indicator
operating time is calculated by BCM interlocked with • PM level being checked for spontaneous DPD
the engine operation and inputted into the meter regeneration indicator
through CAN communication. When the engine • DPD manual regeneration in progress indicator
operation time data has not been obtained through • Push DPD switch indicator
CAN communication for 2 seconds or more, "ERROR"
• Low fuel warning
is displayed on the multi-display.
Refer to "BCM System" in Section 10B Vehicle Control • Water separator (fuel filter) warning
for resetting counters. • Engine overheating warning
• Meter failure warning
Multi-display (vehicles with multi-information)
• CAN system error indicator
The display functions to display information, warning Maintenance indications
light, indicator light and maintenance information.
• Engine oil & filter
Information display
• Transmission oil
• Total fuel consumption, Sectional fuel
consumption, and Instantaneous fuel consumption • Clutch oil

• Fuel filter
• Power steering fluid
• Tire rotation
The maintenance display displays the maintenance
schedule for each item. Pre-set distances of each
maintenance item are counted down and maintenance
recommended periods are indicated by color changes
from (Green) to (Orange) and warnings are displayed
when turning the ignition switch to "ON". (The
maintenance display is displayed when the vehicle
speed is 25km/h or less.)

Multi-display Operation Procedures
Multi-display
Left turn Right turn :3-mode switch-Press once
:3-mode switch-Press and hold
Press once :3-mode switch-Right turn

Press and
hold
3-mode switch
:3-mode switch-Left turn
Instantaneous fuel economy is indicated using a total of 10 segments.
or
PM level/progress of DPD regeneration is indicated using a total of 6 segments.
The maintenance
items shown to the left
Reset display
correspond only to
the warning indication.
Indicated in 9 levels. Indication is in red for H or L level and in green for all other levels.
* When the 3-mode switch is held turned in

the black arrow or white arrow direction
for at least 1 second, the nighttime dimmer
setting changes from ON to OFF, and vice versa.
LNW89EXF000101

Warning / Indicator (warning light and indicator light)
Model without multi information display
3 4 6 8 10 12 14 18 19 21 22 23 24
5 7 9 11 13 15 17 20
26 27 30 31 33
25 28 29 32 34
Model with multi information display
1 2 5 7 9 16 19 20 21 22
6 8 10
27 12 13 30 33
26 17 15 28 29 32
This illustration is shown the km/h type speedometer.
A display of warning lights and indicator lights on the mile/h type speedometer is same as display of the km/h type speedometer.
LNW89ELF000301
Legend
1. Cruise control main indicator light 19. High beam indicator light
2. Cruise control set indicator light 20. ABS warning light
3. HSA indicator light 21. ASR indicator light
4. Water separator (fuel filter) warning light 22. Transfer LOW indicator light
5. Warm-up system indicator light 23. Exhaust brake indicator light
6. Check engine warning light 24. 4WD indicator light
7. Rear fog light indicator light 25. Low fuel warning light
8. Engine oil pressure warning light 26. SRS air bag warning light
9. Glow indicator light 27. Smoother warning light
10. SVS indicator light 28. ECONO mode indicator light
11. Brake system warning light 29. 1st start mode indicator light
12. DPD automatic regeneration indicator light 30. Turn signal and hazard warning flasher indicator
13. Parking brake warning light light - left
14. DPD manual regeneration indicator light 31. Shift indicator
15. Brake booster warning light 32. Seat belt warning light
16. Multi information display 33. Direction indicator light & emergency blinker
17. Generator warning light indicator light - right
18. PTO indicator lightASR indicator light 34. Engine overheat warning light

Multi information display Indications
1 8 15
2 9 16
3 10 17
4 11
5 12
6 13
7 14
LNW89EMF000101
Legend
1. Air cleaner maintenance indicator 9. Engine overheating warning
2. Engine oil level check indicator 10. Meter failure warning
3. DPD automatic regeneration in progress 11. CAN system error indicator
indicator 12. Engine oil and filter indicator
4. PM level being checked for spontaneous DPD 13. Transmission oil indicator
regeneration indicator 14. Clutch oil indicator
5. DPD manual regeneration in progress indicator 15. Fuel filter indicator
6. Push DPD switch indicator 16. Power steering fluid indicator
7. Low fuel warning 17. Tire rotation indicator
8. Water separator (fuel filter) warning
Alarm buzzer function Back buzzer alarm

Brake booster vacuum alarm Operating Conditions
Operating Conditions • When the ignition switch is in the "ON" position
• When driving or when the ignition switch is in the • When the reverse switch is "ON" (gear in R
"ON" position position)
• When the vacuum switch is "ON" (when the
DPD manual restore alarm
vacuum is low)
• When the parking brake switch is "OFF" (the lever Operating Conditions
is not engaged) • When the ignition switch is in the "ON" position
• When there is input of DPD buzzer request (CAN
Overheat alarm communication) from ECM
Operating Conditions
Over speed alarm (with Saudi Arabia)
• When the ignition switch is in the "ON" position
• When the overheat warning light is lit Operating Conditions
• When the Speedometer indicates 120km/h or
more

Smoother Alarm
Operating Conditions (operates under the following
conditions)
• When the door is opened when the ignition switch
is in the "ON" position and the gear is connected
• When the accelerator pedal is being depressed
while brake is applied
• When the vehicle is stopped on a slope while the
accelerator pedal is depressed
• When the vehicle continues to be driven with an
improper gear position
• When excessive starting and stopping are
repeated too many times
• When the engine has overrun
• When PTO is in use
• When the vehicle is driven while the parking brake
is applied, or when the vehicle is stopped for a
considerable time with the gear being engaged
and the parking brake applied
• When failure occurs in the Smoother system or
HSA valve
• When the temperature of ATF is abnormally high
• When the vehicle is driven at low speeds in high
gear while it is in the manual mode
• When emergency switch is turned "ON"
• When the adjustment switch is operated
• When the Transmission Control Module (TCM) is
replaced
• When sounding of the buzzer is forced by using
the scan tool
• (When sounding of the buzzer is forced by using
the scan tool) Confirmation sound when "memory
clear" is executed (DTC, learning value, etc.)
• When the diagnostic connector is connected

Multi information display (km)

1 2
4 6 5 7 3
1 10 2
4 6 9 5 8 3
LNW89ELF000101
Legend
1. Tachometer 6. Shift indicator
2. Speedometer 7. 3 mode switch / Select /Reset knob
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 8. 3 mode switch
4. Fuel gauge 9. Select /Reset knob
5. Odometer /Trip meter 10. Multi information display

Multi information display (mile)

1 2
4 6 5 7 3
1 9 2
4 6 8 5 7 3
LNW89ELF000201
Legend
1. Tachometer 6. Shift indicator
2. Speedometer 7. 3 mode switch / Select /Reset knob
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 8. 3 mode switch
4. Fuel gauge 9. Multi information display
5. Odometer /Trip meter

Connector Location
Connector A Connector B
LNW89ESF000101
Meter Connector: A
Pin No. Connected to Pin No. Connected to
1 Battery (+) 21 Brake oil tank
2 Ignition switch (Key ON) 22 -
3 - 23 Parking brake switch
4 Power (Ground) 24 -
5 Signal (Ground) 25 High beam switch
6 Illumination (+) 26 Turn signal switch (right)
7 - 27 Turn signal switch (left)
8 Speed sensor (with 4JB1) 28 Vacuum switch
9 Tachometer sensor (with 4JB1) 29 Air bag
10 Coolant temperature sensor(with 4JB1) 30 Seat belt switch
11 Fuel tank unit 31 ECM (Check engine warning light)
12 - 32 Oil pressure switch
13 CAN-HIGH 33 Water separator (fuel filter) switch
14 CAN-LOW 34 Generator (Battery charge warning light)
15 Diagnostic switch 35 ECM (DPD warning light)
16 - 36 -
17 Vehicle speed signal output (8P or 4P) 37 EHCU (ABS warning light)
18 Engine oil level 38 -
19 Reverse Switch 39 Rear fog light switch
20 - 40 -
Meter Connector: B
1 Transfer LOW indicator light 21 ASR indicator light (green)
2 - 22 ASR indicator light (amber)

3 - 23 -
4 ECM(SVS indicator light) 24 -
5 ECM (Glow warning light) 25 -
6 PTO indicator light 26 -
7 HSA control unit (HSA warning light) 27 -
8 Air cleaner dust clog switch 28 -
9 - 29 -
10 EHCU (EBD warning light) 30 -
11 - 31 -
12 4WD switch 32 -
13 ECM (Exhaust brake indicator light) 33 -
14 ECM (Warming up system indicator light) 34 -
15 - 35 -
16 - 36 -
17 - 37 -
18 - 38 -
19 - 39 -
20 - 40 -

General Circuit Diagram
Multi-indicator specifications
CAN HI A-13 V +B
CAN +B A-1
Battery
DRIVER
CAN LO A-14
VIGN
IGN A-2
I/F
Starter switch
I/F Buzzer
(Ignition)
CPU
ODO/TRIP switch
Fuel tank unit A-11 8P INPUT

I/F I/F
V
VIGN
GND A-5 I/F
Speedometer
GND
Tachometer
ODO/TRIP
Fuel gauge
Shift indicator
ECT gauge
Back light
Vehicle speed pulse
signal output
A-17
Low fuel level
Over heat
METER
IGN
Reverse switch A-19
I/F
Oil level switch A-16
ECU
DPD
I/F
I/F Air cleaner

I/F ECONO(Smoother)
1st start mode
Smoother
PTO switch B-6
Seatbelt switch A-30
Engine oil pressure switch A-32

HSA B-7
HSA
Parking brake switch A-23
SVS B-4
B-10
EBD (ABS/ASR)
INV
DPD A-35
Brake fluid level switch A-21 Glow B-5 ECM
MIL A-31
INV
Exhaust brake B-13
A-34
ACG
Water Separator A-33
Vacuum tank switch A-28
HBB pressure Transfer Low B-1
HBB tank
4WD B-12
Rear fog light switch A-39

A-29
SRS
SRS airbag
IGN INV
High beam A-25
A-37
IGN
Warm-up switch B-14 ABS
INV ABS/
Turn-LH A-27
Flasher ASR B-21 ASR
Turn-RH A-26
unit ASR B-22
Taillight Illumination A-6

relay
A-4 GND
LNW89EXF000301

Multi-display specification
CAN HI A-13 V +B
Battery +B A-1
CAN LO A-14 V
VIGN
IGN A-2
I/F
Starter switch
DLC A-15 I/F Buzzer
I/F (Ignition)
Air cleaner B-8 3 mode switch
I/F
VIGN
LCD back light
Oil level A-18 CPU
ECM I/F (R)
ILL CPU
I/F (A)
DPD A-35 (G)

ECM I/F
Water separator switch A-33 MULTI
I/F
LCD
ODO/TRIP switch
Cruise Control main

Cruise Control set
Fuel tank unit A-11 8P INPUT

I/F I/F
V VIGN
GND A-5 I/F
Speedometer
GND Tachometer
Fuel gauge
ECT gauge
ODO/TRIP
IGN Shift indicator
Reverse switch A-19
I/F
CPU Back light
Vehicle speed pulse
signal output A-17
I/F ECONO(Smoother)
I/F 1st start mode
I/F Smoother
V
HSA B-7
Seat belt switch A-30 HSA
Engine oil pressure switch A-32
Parking brake switch A-23
Glow B-5
VIGN
B-10 MIL A-31
EBD (ABS/ASR) ECM
INV Exhaust brake B-13
Brake fluid level switch A-21 SVS B-4
A-34
ACG
A-29
SRS
Vacuum tank switch A-28 SRS airbag
INV
HBB pressure A-37
ABS
HBB tank INV
ABS/
Rear foglight switch A-39 ASR
ASR B-21
IGN ASR B-22
High beam A-25
IGN
Warm-up switch B-14
Turn-LH A-27
Flasher
Turn-RH A-26
unit
ILL
Taillight Illumination A-6
relay
A-4 GND
LNW89EXF000201

Performing the trouble diagnosis Meter operation
LED (warning light and indicator light) display test • All the segments of the odometer-trip meter
illuminate.
The meter ASM verifies that the system functions
properly when the ignition switch is "ON". When the
system is running normal, the LEDs light up or blink for
a certain period of time as shown below.
• ABS warning light or ASR indicator light: Turns off
after lighting up for 2 seconds.
• SRS air bag warning light: Turns off after blinking
for 7 seconds.
TRIP A
• Check engine warning light: Turns off after lighting
up when the engine is started. ODO B
• Smoother warning light: Turns off after lighting up Odometer / Trip meter (in speedometer)
for 2 seconds.
• Headlight auto-leveling warning light: Turns off
after lighting up for 3 seconds.
• 1st gear start mode indicator light: Turns off after
lighting up for 2 seconds.
• ECONO mode indicator light: Turns off after MFW89ESH000101
lighting up for 2 seconds.

The following lights light up until the engine is started. • When you keep the trip-reset switch "ON", the
gauge needle of each gauge will move 45°. A
• Brake warning light: Turns off after the engine is
ROM No. (5-digit alphanumeric characters starting
started.
with alphabet A) will be displayed at the odometer /
• Oil pressure warning light: Turns off after the trip meter and the fuel warning will stop
engine is started. illuminating. When you turn the switch to "OFF", all
• Battery charge warning light: Turns off after the gauge needles will return to zero, and the fuel
engine is started. warning will light up.
• DPD indicator light (green) (orange): Turns off after For multi-display specs, a special ROM No. will be
the engine is started. displayed in the multi-display.
Self-diagnosing function
Perform the odometer-trip meter segment check, and
inspect the CPU inside the meter and the circuits to the
various meters (speed meter, tachometer, fuel meter,
thermometer).
1. Turn on the ignition switch while turning on
(pressing) the trip-reset switch.
2. When the ignition switch is ON, confirm that the
trip display is 00000.0km. After 0.6 seconds or
longer, turn OFF (release) the trip-reset switch,
and then repeat turning ON and OFF the trip-reset
switch for 3 times. (Perform the operation within 7
seconds after the ignition switch turns ON)
LNW89ESH000401
3. Self-diagnosis mode will be cancelled when any of

the following conditions are met.
• By turning the ignition switch to "OFF".
• When the input of vehicle speed signal or the
engine revolution signal is detected.

Checking the multi-display Transmission / differential oil inspection
• Replace the meter ASM when the meter failure is The meter inputs the T/M oil life data from BCM via
displayed. CAN communication and displays the remaining
• Perform the applicable functional inspection when mileage until inspection or the mileage count.
communication system abnormality is displayed. • Multi-display specifications
- T/M oil & differential oil replacement schedule
(mileage count) display (multi-display)
Resetting the remaining mileage until next

maintenance or mileage count
When you perform the reset operation, the remaining
mileage until next maintenance or the mileage count
will reset to 45000km(28125mile).
• Multi-display specifications
- Press the 3 mode switch for an extended
amount of time at the cumulative mileage
display screen > The reset screen will be
displayed > Press the 3 mode switch for an
extended amount of time.
IMPORTANT:
Reset the remaining mileage until next maintenance
LNW89ESH000101 and the mileage count upon completion of inspection.
Clutch oil inspection

Maintenance display and reset function
The meter ASM counts the mileage and displays the
Engine oil & filter inspection replacement schedule (mileage count).
The meter receives the oil level signal from the ECM • Clutch oil replacement schedule (mileage count)
and displays the following information when the engine display (multi-display)
oil level is low.
• Multi-display specifications Resetting the mileage count
- CHECK E/OIL LVL indicator (multi-display) When you perform the reset operation, the mileage
Also, it inputs the engine oil life data from BCM via CAN count will reset to 40000km (25000mile) however, with
communication and displays the remaining mileage Europe 45000km (28125mile).
until inspection or the mileage count. • Press the 3 mode switch for an extended amount
• Multi-display specifications of time at the cumulative mileage display screen >
The reset screen will be displayed > Press the 3
- Engine oil & filter replacement schedule
mode switch for an extended amount of time.
IMPORTANT:
Resetting the remaining mileage until next
Reset the mileage count when completing the
maintenance or mileage count
inspection.
When you perform the reset operation, the remaining
mileage until next maintenance or the mileage count Fuel filter inspection
will be reset to 20000km(12500mile) however,with
Europe 22500km(14062.5mile).
replacement schedule (mileage count).
• Multi-display specifications
• Fuel filter replacement schedule (mileage count)
- Press the 3 mode switch for an extended display (multi-display)
amount of time at the scheduled (maintenance)
mileage display screen > The reset screen will Resetting the mileage count
be displayed > Press the 3 mode switch for an
When you perform the reset operation, the mileage
extended amount of time.
count will reset to 40000km (25000mile) however, with
IMPORTANT: Europe 45000km (28125mile).
Reset the remaining mileage until next maintenance • Press the 3 mode switch for an extended amount
and the mileage count upon completion of inspection. of time at the cumulative mileage display screen >

IMPORTANT: • Multi-display specification
Reset the mileage count when completing the - Air cleaner maintenance indicator (multi-
inspection. display)
Power steering fluid inspection

replacement schedule (mileage count).
• Power steering fluid replacement schedule
Resetting the mileage count

When you perform the reset operation, the mileage
count will reset to 40000km (25000mile) however, with
Europe 45000km (28125mile).
• Press the 3 mode switch for an extended amount
of time at the cumulative mileage display screen >
IMPORTANT:
Reset the mileage count when completing the
inspection.
Tire rotation
rotation time (mileage count).
• Tire rotation time (mileage count) display (multi-
display)
Setting / resetting the mileage count

Tire rotation time can be reset to any time by
performing the set / reset operation.
of time at the cumulative mileage setting screen >
The cumulative mileage set/reset screen will be
displayed > Turn the 3 mode switch to the right to
increase the mileage > Press the 3 mode switch
for an extended amount of time.
of time at the cumulative mileage setting screen >
The cumulative mileage set/reset screen will be
displayed > Turn the 3 mode switch to the left to
decrease the mileage > Press the 3 mode switch
for an extended amount of time.
IMPORTANT:
Set / reset the mileage count when completing the
inspection.
The meter sends the setting value change request to

BCM via CAN communication.
Cleaning of the air cleaner element

The pressure switch (dust clog switch) installed on the
air cleaner ASM will turn "ON" when the air intake
pressure falls to 6.2kPa or less. The meter receives the
signal from the dust clog switch and informs when to
clean the air cleaner element.

Speedometer and odometer do not operate • Check that the ground connections are normal.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. and clean.
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
• Check that the harness and the connector are
normal.
• Check that the fuses are normal. Check the connector for connection failures and
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or
etc.), investigate/repair the cause (harness short bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
circuits, etc.) before replacing the fuse. not come loose and caused a short circuit with
• Check that the ground connections are normal. other circuits.
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair components (radio and lights, etc.).
and clean. Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
• Check that the harness and the connector are components, so that they do not affect the
normal. inspection or the operation.
the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or Structural components inspection
bends, etc. Check that the wire inside the harness • Replace the meter ASM.
has not come loose and caused a short circuit with
other circuits. The odometer does not count up (the speedometer
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical is normal)
components (radio and lights, etc.). Prior confirmation and visual inspection
components, so that they do not affect the • Check that the battery voltage is normal.
inspection or the operation. If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
Structural components inspection • Check that the fuses are normal.
• Inspect the related system and the communication If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown,
circuit. etc.), investigate/repair the cause (harness short
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the circuits, etc.) before replacing the fuse.
systems connected to the CAN communication • Check that the ground connections are normal.
circuit (the control unit and the connected sensor, If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
etc.), and repair them if abnormalities are to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
discovered. and clean.
NOTE: normal.
When you replace a control unit of the related systems, Check the connector for connection failures and
it will be necessary to perform re-programming and the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or
learning are required. bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
not come loose and caused a short circuit with
• Inspect the meter ASM.
other circuits.
Perform the self-diagnosis of the meter and the
road test. If any abnormality is discovered, replace • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
the meter ASM. components (radio and lights, etc.).
The speedometer does not operate (the odometer components, so that they do not affect the
is normal) inspection or the operation.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection Structural components inspection
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. • Inspect the related system and the communication
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or circuit.
replace the battery. Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the
• Check that the fuses are normal. systems connected to the CAN communication
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, circuit (the control unit and the connected sensor,
etc.), investigate/repair the cause (harness short etc.), and repair them if abnormalities are
circuits, etc.) before replacing the fuse. discovered.

NOTE: The indicated error of the speedometer is
When you replace a control unit of the related systems, significantly large
it will be necessary to perform re-programming and Prior confirmation and visual inspection
learning.
• Inspect the meter ASM. If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
Perform the self-diagnosis of the meter and the replace the battery.
road test. If any abnormality is discovered, replace • Check that the fuses are normal.
the meter ASM. If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown,
etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short
The gauge needle of the speedometer shakes circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the
(including the case where it swings dramatically) fuse, etc.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection • Check that the ground connections are normal.
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
replace the battery. and clean.
• Check that the fuses are normal. • Check that the harness and the connector are
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, normal.
etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short Check the connector for connection failures and
circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or
fuse. bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
• Check that the ground connections are normal. other circuits.
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
and clean. components (radio and lights, etc.).
• Check that the harness and the connector are components, so that they do not affect the
normal. inspection or the operation.
the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or Structural components inspection
bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
• Inspect the related system and the communication
circuit.
other circuits.
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical systems connected to the CAN communication
components (radio and lights, etc.). circuit (the control unit and the connected sensor,
Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical etc.), and repair them if abnormalities are
components, so that they do not affect the discovered.
NOTE:
Structural components inspection When you replace a control unit of the related systems,
• Inspect the related system and the communication it will be necessary to perform re-programming and
circuit. learning.
systems connected to the CAN communication NOTE:
circuit (the control unit and the connected sensor, The speedometer and the odometer will not display the
etc.), and repair them if abnormalities are correct value, if the vehicle speed correction value is
discovered. not set properly at EHCU of the vehicles with ABS.
NOTE: • Inspect the meter ASM.

When you replace a control unit of the related systems, Perform the self-diagnosis of the meter and the
it will be necessary to perform re-programming and road test. If any abnormality is discovered, replace
learning. the meter ASM.
• Inspect the meter ASM. The tachometer does not operate

Perform the self-diagnosis of the meter and the Prior confirmation and visual inspection
road test. If any abnormality is discovered, replace
the meter ASM. • Check that the battery voltage is normal.

fuse, etc. bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
• Check that the ground connections are normal. not come loose and caused a short circuit with
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due other circuits.
• Check that the harness and the connector are Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
normal. components, so that they do not affect the
Check the connector for connection failures and inspection or the operation.
the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or
bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has Structural components inspection
not come loose and caused a short circuit with • Inspect the related system and the communication
other circuits. circuit.
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the
components (radio and lights, etc.). systems connected to the CAN communication
Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical circuit (the control unit and the connected sensor,
components, so that they do not affect the etc.), and repair them if abnormalities are
inspection or the operation. discovered.
Structural components inspection NOTE:

When you replace a control unit of the related systems,
• Inspect the related system and the communication it will be necessary to perform re-programming and
circuit. learning.
systems connected to the CAN communication • Inspect the meter ASM.
circuit (the control unit and the connected sensor, Perform the self-diagnosis of the meter and the
etc.), and repair them if abnormalities are road test. If any abnormality is discovered, replace
discovered. the meter ASM.
NOTE: The indicated error of the tachometer's is
When you replace a control unit of the related systems, significantly large
it will be necessary to perform re-programming and
learning. Prior confirmation and visual inspection
• Inspect the meter ASM. If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
Perform the self-diagnosis of the meter and the replace the battery.
• Check that the fuses are normal.
the meter ASM.
The gauge needle of the tachometer shakes
(including the case where it swings dramatically)
Prior confirmation and visual inspection If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or and clean.
replace the battery. • Check that the harness and the connector are
• Check that the fuses are normal. normal.
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, Check the connector for connection failures and
etc.), investigate/repair the cause (harness short the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or
circuits, etc.) before replacing the fuse. bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has

• Inspect the related system and the communication When you replace a control unit of the related systems,
circuit. it will be necessary to perform re-programming and
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the learning.
systems connected to the CAN communication
circuit (the control unit and the connected sensor,
etc.), and repair them if abnormalities are
discovered.
the meter ASM.
NOTE:
When you replace a control unit of the related systems, The reading of the engine coolant temperature
it will be necessary to perform re-programming and gauge is lower (higher) than reality
learning. Prior confirmation and visual inspection
the meter ASM. • Check that the fuses are normal.
The gauge needle of the engine coolant etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short
temperature gauge does not move circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the
fuse, etc.
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
replace the battery. and clean.
fuse, etc. bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
• Check that the harness and the connector are Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
normal. components, so that they do not affect the
Check the connector for connection failures and inspection or the operation.
bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has Structural components inspection
not come loose and caused a short circuit with • Inspect the related system and the communication
other circuits. circuit.
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the
components (radio and lights, etc.). systems connected to the CAN communication
Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical circuit (the control unit and the connected sensor,
components, so that they do not affect the etc.), and repair them if abnormalities are
inspection or the operation. discovered.

• Inspect the related system and the communication When you replace a control unit of the related systems,
circuit. it will be necessary to perform re-programming and
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the learning.
discovered.
the meter ASM.

The gauge needle of the engine coolant • Check that the ground connections are normal.
temperature gauge exceeds the indication range If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
(goes up to "H") to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
Prior confirmation and visual inspection and clean.
normal.
• Check that the fuses are normal. bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, not come loose and caused a short circuit with
etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short other circuits.
circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the
fuse, etc.
• Check that the ground connections are normal. Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due components, so that they do not affect the
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair inspection or the operation.
and clean.
• Check that the harness and the connector are Structural components inspection
normal. • Check the fuel tank unit.
Check the connector for connection failures and If an abnormality is discovered, replace the fuel
the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or tank unit.
If no abnormality is discovered in the fuel tank unit
other circuits.
and the circuit, replace the meter ASM.
components (radio and lights, etc.). Circuit inspection
resistance.
Structural components inspection If any abnormalities are discovered, repair or
replace the circuit.
• Inspect the related system and the communication
- Between the meter and fuel tank unit
circuit.
The gauge needle does not indicate "F" even when
the fuel tank is full
etc.), and repair them if abnormalities are Prior confirmation and visual inspection
discovered. • Check that the battery voltage is normal.
NOTE: replace the battery.
learning are required.
• Inspect the meter ASM. circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the
Perform the self-diagnosis of the meter and the fuse, etc.
road test. If any abnormality is discovered, replace • Check that the ground connections are normal.
the meter ASM. If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
The gauge needle of the fuel gauge does not move and clean.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection • Check that the harness and the connector are
normal.
• Check that the fuses are normal. not come loose and caused a short circuit with
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, other circuits.
fuse, etc.

• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical • Inspect the meter ASM.
components (radio and lights, etc.). If no abnormality is discovered in the fuel tank unit
Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical and the circuit, replace the meter ASM.
inspection or the operation. Circuit inspection
Structural components inspection circuits (power supply and GND), or high
• Check the fuel tank unit. resistance.
If an abnormality is discovered, replace the fuel If any abnormalities are discovered, repair or
tank unit. replace the circuit.
• Inspect the meter ASM. - Between the meter and fuel tank unit
If no abnormality is discovered in the fuel tank unit
and the circuit, replace the meter ASM. The indicator light does not light up even when the
parking brake lever is engaged
Circuit inspection
resistance.
If any abnormalities are discovered, repair or
replace the circuit. • Check that the fuses are normal.
- Between the meter and fuel tank unit
- Between the fuel tank unit and GND. circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the
fuse, etc.
The gauge needle exceeds the indication range
(goes up to "F") even when the fuel tank is not full.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or • Check that the harness and the connector are
replace the battery. normal.
etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the not come loose and caused a short circuit with
fuse, etc. other circuits.
• Check that the ground connections are normal. • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due components (radio and lights, etc.).
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
and clean. components, so that they do not affect the
• Check that the harness and the connector are inspection or the operation.
normal.
the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or • Check the parking brake switch.
bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has If the installation position of the parking brake
not come loose and caused a short circuit with switch is improper, adjust it. Replace the switch if
other circuits. abnormalities are discovered in the switch itself.
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical • Replace the meter ASM.
components (radio and lights, etc.). If no abnormality is found in the parking brake
Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical switch and the circuit, replace the meter ASM.
inspection or the operation. Circuit inspection
Structural components inspection circuits (power supply and GND), or high
• Check the fuel tank unit. resistance.
If an abnormality is discovered, replace the fuel If any abnormalities are discovered, repair or
tank unit. replace the circuit.
- Between the meter and the parking brake
switch.

The indicator light does not turn off even when the • Check that the ground connections are normal.
parking brake lever is fully released. If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
Prior confirmation and visual inspection to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
and clean.
normal.
• Check that the fuses are normal. the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or
If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown, bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short not come loose and caused a short circuit with
circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the other circuits.
fuse, etc.
• Check that the ground connections are normal. components (radio and lights, etc.).
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair components, so that they do not affect the
and clean. inspection or the operation.
normal. Structural components inspection
Check the connector for connection failures and • Check the engine oil pressure.
the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or Refer to the engine workshop manual and repair it
bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has if abnormalities are discovered.
• Check the engine oil pressure switch.
other circuits.
If abnormalities in the engine oil pressure switch
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical are discovered, replace it.
• Replace the meter ASM.
If no abnormalities are discovered in the engine oil
pressure switch and the circuit, replace the meter
ASM.
Circuit inspection
• Check the parking brake switch.
If the installation position of the parking brake
switch is improper, adjust it. Replace the switch if
resistance.
abnormalities are discovered in the switch itself.
• Replace the meter ASM. replace the circuit.
If no abnormality is found in the parking brake
- Between the meter and the engine oil pressure
switch and the circuit, replace the meter ASM.
switch
Circuit inspection
The low fuel indicator light lights even when the
• Check the following circuits for open circuits, short fuel tank is full
resistance. Prior confirmation and visual inspection
If any abnormalities are discovered, repair or • Check that the battery voltage is normal.
replace the circuit. If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
- Between the meter and the parking brake replace the battery.
switch. • Check that the fuses are normal.
The oil pressure warning light does not turn off etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short
even when the engine is running circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the
Prior confirmation and visual inspection fuse, etc.
and clean.
fuse, etc.

• Check that the harness and the connector are The warning light does not light even when the
normal. water level is above the drain line of the water
Check the connector for connection failures and separator (fuel filter)
the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or Prior confirmation and visual inspection
not come loose and caused a short circuit with • Check that the battery voltage is normal.
other circuits. If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
components (radio and lights, etc.). • Check that the fuses are normal.
Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown,
components, so that they do not affect the etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short
inspection or the operation. circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the
fuse, etc.
Structural components inspection • Check that the ground connections are normal.
• Check the fuel tank unit. If the ground connection has an abnormality (due
If an abnormality is discovered, replace the fuel to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair
tank unit. and clean.
• Inspect the meter ASM. • Check that the harness and the connector are
If no abnormality is discovered in the fuel tank unit normal.
and the circuit, replace the meter ASM. Check the connector for connection failures and
The low fuel indicator light does not light even bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
when the fuel tank is empty not come loose and caused a short circuit with
other circuits.
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. components (radio and lights, etc.).
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or Turn off or remove the post-installed electrical
replace the battery. components, so that they do not affect the
• Check that the fuses are normal. inspection or the operation.
etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short Structural components inspection
circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the • Check the water sedimenter switch.
fuse, etc. If abnormalities to the water sedimenter switch are
• Check that the ground connections are normal. discovered, replace it.
If the ground connection has an abnormality (due • Inspect the meter ASM.
to improper installation or considerable dirt), repair If no abnormality is discovered in the water
and clean. sedimenter switch and the circuit, replace the
• Check that the harness and the connector are meter ASM.
normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and Circuit inspection
the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or • Check the following circuits for open circuits, short
bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has circuits (power supply and GND), or high
not come loose and caused a short circuit with resistance.
other circuits. If any abnormalities are discovered, repair or
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical replace the circuit.
components (radio and lights, etc.). - Between the water sedimenter switches
components, so that they do not affect the The warning light lights even when the water level
inspection or the operation. is low in the water separator (fuel filter)
Structural components inspection Prior confirmation and visual inspection
• Check the fuel tank unit. • Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If an abnormality is discovered, replace the fuel If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
tank unit. replace the battery.
• Inspect the meter ASM. • Check that the fuses are normal.
If no abnormality is discovered in the fuel tank unit If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown,
and the circuit, replace the meter ASM. etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short
fuse, etc.

normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and Structural components inspection
the harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or • Check the brake fluid switch.
bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has If abnormalities to the brake fluid switch are
not come loose and caused a short circuit with discovered, replace the brake fluid tank.
other circuits. • Inspect the meter ASM.
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical If no abnormality is discovered in the brake fluid
components (radio and lights, etc.). switch and the circuit, replace the meter ASM.
components, so that they do not affect the Circuit inspection
inspection or the operation. • Check the following circuits for open circuits, short
Structural components inspection resistance.
• Check the water sedimenter switch. If any abnormalities are discovered, repair or
If abnormalities to the water sedimenter switch are replace the circuit.
discovered, replace it. - Between the meter and the brake fluid switch
• Inspect the meter ASM. - Between the brake fluid switch and GND (at the
If no abnormality is discovered in the water right of CAB)
sedimenter switch and the circuit, replace the
meter ASM. The warning light lights up even when the brake
fluid in the tank is filled to the specified level
Circuit inspection
circuits (power supply and GND), or high • Check that the battery voltage is normal.
resistance. If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
If any abnormalities are discovered, repair or replace the battery.
replace the circuit. • Check that the fuses are normal.
- Between the meter and the water sedimenter If a fuse has an abnormality (due to a meltdown,
switch etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short
The warning light does not light up even when the fuse, etc.
brake fluid in the tank decreases • Check that the ground connections are normal.
normal.
etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short bends. Check that the wire inside the harness has
circuits, etc.) in advance, and then replace the not come loose and caused a short circuit with
fuse, etc. other circuits.
normal.
other circuits.

• Inspect EHCU (ABS) system and the
communication circuit.
discovered.
NOTE:
learning are required.
• Check the brake fluid switch.

If abnormalities to the brake fluid switch are
discovered, replace the brake fluid tank.
If no abnormality is discovered in the brake fluid
switch and the circuit, replace the meter ASM.
Circuit inspection
resistance.
- Between the meter and the brake fluid switch
- Between the meter and EHCU
Instrument Panel (IP) Cluster

Preparation Perform installation in the reverse order of the removal.
• Disconnect the battery ground cable.
• Remove the front pillar trim cover.
Refer to “Front Pillar Trim Cover (High Cab, Wide
Cab)” in this section.
1. Remove the meter cluster (2).
• Pull the meter cluster towards you and remove
the clips in 12 locations (1).
CAUTION:
When removing the meter cluster, do not pull it out by
holding the hazard switch (3).
LNW79KSH002601
2. Remove the IP cluster (1).

• Remove 4 installation screws.
LNW79ESH000101
• Remove the IP cluster harness connector.

Speedometer
Vehicle inspection
Inspect the indication precision of the meters and the
operation of the odometer by using a speedometer
tester.
CAUTION:
• The reading error increases if the tire air pressure
is incorrect. (Perform this test in accordance with
the tester's instruction manual.)
• The acceptable display range of the meter shown
below is the specification of the meter as a
separate unit. Consider it as reference value for
the onboard inspection.
For km/h (without Indonesi, Malaysia)

Tester's displayed Acceptable display
speed range of the meter
(km/h) (km/h)
20 21.5 - 24.0
40 41.5 - 44.0
60 61.5 - 64.5
80 81.5 - 84.5
100 101.5 - 104.5
120 121.5 - 124.5
140 141.5 - 144.5
For km/h (with Indonesi, Malaysia)

(km/h) (km/h)
40 38 - 42
60 57.7- 62.3
80 77.7- 82.3
100 97.7 - 102.3
120 117.7 - 122.3
140 137.7 - 142.3
For MPH
(MPH) (MPH)
20 21 - 22.5
40 41 - 42.5
60 61 - 62.9
80 81 - 82.9
Tachometer
Vehicle inspection
1. Connect a tune up tester to the engine.
2. Start the engine and compare the readings of the
engine speed between the tachometer and the
tester. If the readings exceed the acceptable
display range of the meter, replace the meter with
one that is normal.
3. If the movement of the gauge needle is slow when
the engine speed increases or decreases
gradually, replace the meter with one that is in
normal.
NOTE:
The acceptable display range of the meter shown
below is the specification of the meter as a separate
unit. Consider it as reference value for the onboard
inspection.
4600rpm type
Tester's displayed Acceptable display range of
speed (rpm) the meter (rpm)
750 700 - 800
2000 1900 - 2100
3000 2900 - 3100
4000 3900 - 4100
4000rpm type
Tester's displayed Acceptable display range of
speed (rpm) the meter (rpm)
750 700 - 800
2000 1900 - 2100
3000 2900 - 3100
Fuel Tank Unit

Removal Inspection
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. Float method low fuel level warning type
2. Remove the 5 installation screws (1) and remove 1. While moving the float from "E" to "F", check the
the fuel tank unit (2). resistance value between the connector terminal 1
and terminal 2 using the following table.
1 Float position Resistance Values (Ω)

F point (h1) 14
1/2 point (h2) 44
2
E point (h3) 100
2. Check that the low fuel level warning light lights up

when the float is at the "E" position.
If any abnormality is found in the inspection
results, replace the meter with one that is normal.
LNW79ESH000201
63L Fuel tank
2
3 1
h1
F
h2
h3
h4
1
2
SE
LNW79EMF000101
F point (h1) 1/2 point (h2) E point (h3) SE point (h4)

Distance from the flange 87.1 177.7 271.1 299.9
mm (in) (3.43) (7.00) (10.67) (11.81)

Tank capacity 56.5 33.0 9.0 3.0
L (US gal. / Imp gal.) (14.93 / 12.43) (8.72 / 7.26) (2.38 / 1.98) (0.79 / 066)
75L or 100L Fuel tank (excluding wide cab)
2
3 1
h1
F
h2
h3
h4
1
2
E
SE
LNW79EMF000201
75L (without Europe)

mm (in) (3.73) (8.12) (12.58) (13.35)
Tank capacity 65.0 37.0 9.0 4.7
L (US gal. / Imp gal.) (17.17 / 14.30) (9.78 / 8.14) (2.38 / 1.98) (1.24 / 1.03)
75L (with Europe)

mm (in) (4.64) (8.76) (13.06) (13.95)
Tank capacity 60.0 35.0 10.0 4.7
L (US gal. / Imp gal.) (15.85 / 13.20) (9.25 / 7.70) (2.64 / 2.20) (1.24 / 1.03)

mm (in) (3.40) (7.90) (12.68) (13.35)
Tank capacity 89.5 51.0 11.0 6.3
L (US gal. / Imp gal.) (23.65 / 19.69) (13.47 / 11.22) (2.91 / 2.42) (1.66 / 1.39)

100L (with Europe)
mm (in) (4.38) (8.61) (12.86) (13.95)
Tank capacity 84.0 47.0 10.0 4.1
L (US gal. / Imp gal.) (22.19 / 18.48) (12.42 / 10.34) (2.64 / 2.20) (1.08 / 0.90)
100L Fuel tank (wide cab)
2
3 1
h1
F
h2
h3
h4
1
2
SE
LNW79EMF000301

mm (in) (2.99) (7.59) (12.34) (13.08)
Tank capacity 89.5 51.0 12.0 6.0
L (US gal. / Imp gal.) (23.65 / 19.69) (13.47 / 11.22) (3.17 / 2.64) (1.59 / 1.32)
100L (with Europe)

mm (in) (4.09) (8.35) (12.74) (13.41)
Tank capacity 80.7 46.0 11.0 6.0
L (US gal. / Imp gal.) (21.32 / 17.75) (12.15 / 10.12) (2.91 / 2.42) (1.59 / 1.32)

140L Fuel tank
2
h1
3 1
F
h2
h3
h4
1
2
E
SE
LNW89EMF000501

Distance from the flange 66 215.5 368.8 379.9
mm (in) (2.60) (8.48) (14.52) (14.96)
Tank capacity 129.0 71.0 12.0 8.0
L (US gal. / Imp gal.) (34.08 / 28.38) (18.76 / 15.62) (3.17 / 2.64) (2.11 / 1.76)

mm (in) (4.07) (9.18) (14.31) (15.05)
Tank capacity 120.0 65.0 15.0 8.0
L (US gal. / Imp gal.) (31.70 / 26.40) (17.17 / 14.30) (3.96 / 3.30) (2.11 / 1.76)
Installation
Brake Fluid Level Switch

Removal CAUTION:
Do not spill brake fluid onto the paint work or the resin
Perform the removal if the switch is found defective by
section.
the inspection.
2. Remove the instrument panel ASM. Inspection
• Refer to "Instrument Panel (Standard Cab)" or 1. Check that the brake fluid level in the tank is
"Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide Cab)" in between 110cc (0.116US qt. 0.097Imp qt.) and
section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim. 130cc (0.137US qt. 0.114Imp qt.), and that there is
3. Remove the brake fluid tank (equipped with the continuity between the switch's connector
brake fluid switch) (2) together with the bracket (4). terminals.
• Remove the brake fluid in the tank. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON, disconnect the brake
fluid switch's connector and connect between the
• Remove the connector of the level switch.
connector terminals at the harness side. Check
• Remove the installation nut (1) and the bolt (3). that the brake warning light illuminates.
• Remove each hose. If any abnormality is found in the inspection results,
RHD replace the tank, or repair connection failures or open
circuits between the circuits.
1
2
3
1
LNW79ESH000401
LHD LNW79ESH000601
Legend
1 1. Float
2
2. Lead switch section
3
Installation
• Brake fluid tank
4
Tightening torque: 6.5 N⋅m (0.7 kgf⋅m/61 lb⋅in)
• Refer to "Hydraulic Brake System" in section 4B
Brake for the bleeding of the brake and the clutch.
• Confirm that the brake fluid is at the specified level,
and check that the brake fluid warning light in the
meter lights when the ignition switch is "ON", and
LNW89ESH000201
turns off when the engine is started.
Vaccum Tank Switch

Removal Inspection
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. Remove the vacuum switch. If there is continuity
2. Remove the vacuum switch (1). between the switch's threaded portion and the switch's
RHD connector terminals, it is normal.
replace the part with a normal one.
LNW79ESH000301
LHD
LNW29ESH001601
Installation
LNW89ESH000301
Water Separator Switch

Inspection
1. Check that there is continuity between the switch's
connector terminals when the float of the water
sedimenter is above the drain line.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON, disconnect the water
sedimenter's connector and connect between the
connector terminals at the harness side. Check
that the warning light of the sedimenter lights.
replace the switch section, or repair these connection
failures or open circuits between the circuits.
5
3
1
LNW79ESH000701
Legend
1. Water sedimenter switch (float)
2. Drain plug
3. Vehicle side connector
4. Vehicle side harness
5. Drain warning level
Parking Brake Indicator Light

Description of Function and Operation 2. Turn the ignition switch "ON" and inspect that the
indicator light lights up. If any abnormality is found,
The parking brake indicator light is serially connected to
inspect the harness.
the parking brake switch that is installed to the parking
brake lever bracket. It will light up when the parking
brake lever is engaged, and will turn off when it is fully
released.
CAUTION:
The purpose of parking brake indicator light is to
prevent driving with the parking brake being engaged. It
is not for showing the operating status of the parking
brake.
1
Inspection
Parking brake switch
1. Disconnect the harness connector of the parking
brake switch.
2. Connect a circuit tester between the harness
connector terminal of the parking brake switch and
MFW79ESH002401
the body ground to check for the continuity.
When the parking brake is applied = continuity Legend
exists. 1. The body harness side connector
When the parking brake is released = no
continuity.
results, repair it or replace it with a normal one.
MFW79ESH002301
Legend
1. The parking brake switch harness side connector
Circuit inspection of the parking brake indicator

light
1. Disconnect the harness connector of the parking
brake switch.
Vehicle Speed Sensor

Removal
2. Remove the protector (1). (when it is a vehicle with
a protector)
3. Remove the vehicle speed sensor (3).
• Disconnect the connector (2).
• Remove the vehicle speed sensor.
1 L
LNW29ESH000901
Inspection
2 1. Connect the vehicle speed sensor's connector (1)

terminal 1 to the battery (2) positive terminal, and 2
3 to the battery negative terminal.
CAUTION:
LNW29ESH000801 Never connect the connector's 3 to the battery's
positive terminal. It will cause a failure of the vehicle
speed sensor.
Inspection
The number of the generated pulses of the vehicle
speed sensor is 25 pulses per rotation of the pinion 1
3 2 1
axle.
Number of pulses per 1

Specification L
rotation of pinion axle
48.5mm
24V 25 pulses
(1.91in)
37.4mm
12V 4 pulses
(1.47in)
+ 2
Battery
3 LNW89ESH000501
2. Rotate the vehicle speed sensor' shaft slowly and

use a digital circuit tester (3) to measure the
voltage between 3 and 2.
24V
• Repeat 2V and 14V for 25 times by one rotation
of the shaft each.
12V
• Repeat 1.5V and 12V for 4 times by one
rotation of the shaft each.

results, replace it with a normal one.
Installation
• Tighten the vehicle speed sensor at its specified
torque.
Body Structure 9F-1

Body Structure
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Body Size (Standard Cab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F-2
Primary Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F-2
Body Size (High Cab, Wide Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F-7
Primary Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F-7
Body Panel Sectional Shapes (Standard Cab) . . 9F-15
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F-15
Body Panel Sectional Shapes
(High Cab, Wide Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F-20
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F-20
Front Emblem and Decal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F-30
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9F-30
9F-2 Body Structure
Body Size (Standard Cab)

Vehicle body dimensions (door opening clearance/level difference dimensions)
mm (in.)
(0.26±0.08)
6.7±2.0
5.7±
1.5
(0.2
5±0
.06) -1.5
(-0.0
6)
+1.5
(+0.
06) -1.5 (-0.06)
4.0±1.5
(0.16±0.06)
+1.5 (+0.06)
-1.5 (-0.06)
6.5±2.0 1.0±2.0
(0.26±0.08) (0.04±0.08) +1.5 (+0.06)
LNW89FLF000101
• The clearance's degree of parallelization (gap
difference) is to be adjusted to 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) or
less.
Body Structure 9F-3

Vehicle body dimensions (windshield opening dimensions)
mm (in.)
1 1 2 3 4
1542.73 1542.73
(60.737) (60.737)
4 3
1 2
3 4
LNW89FXF000101
9F-4 Body Structure

Vehicle body dimensions (door opening dimensions)
mm (in.)
5 6 7 8
5 1010.86 1515.20
(39.798) (59.653)
5 6
7 8
LNW89FXF000201
Body Structure 9F-5

Vehicle body dimensions (cabin's diagonal dimensions)
mm (in.)
9
9 10 13 14
13 11 12 15 16
11
2094.15 1884.51
16
(82.447) (74.193)
15
12 14
10
9 10 11
12 13 14
15 16
LNW89FXF000301
9F-6 Body Structure

Vehicle body dimensions (front bumper installation standard dimensions)
mm (in.)
C
60.0±4.5 (2.36±0.18)
(1.59±0.16)
40.5±4.0
(0.20±0.18) 18.1±5.5 (0.71±0.22)

5.0±4.5
LNW89FMF000101
• Cross-section B's degree of parallelization (gap

difference) dimensions
Top/Bottom 3.0mm (0.12 in.) or less
• Cross-section C's clearance degree of
parallelization (gap difference) dimensions
Left/Right 5.0mm (0.20 in.) or less
• Cross-section C's stepped degree of parallelization
dimensions
Body Structure 9F-7
Body Size (High Cab, Wide Cab)

Vehicle body dimensions (door opening clearance/level difference dimensions)
)
.06
mm (in.)
5
1±0
±1.
(0.2
05.2
-2.0
6.5
±1. (-0.0
(0.2 5 8)
6±0
.06
)
0
5.2±1.5
(0.21±0.06)
6.8±1.5
(0.27±0.06) 2.0 (0.08)
LNW89FLF000201
• The clearance's degree of parallelization (gap

difference) is to be adjusted to 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) or
less.
9F-8 Body Structure

Vehicle body dimensions (windshield opening dimensions)
mm (in.)
1 1 2 3 4
High 1582.0 1582.0

cab (62.28) (62.28)
4
3
Wide 1788.0 1788.0

cab (70.39) (70.39)
1 2
3 4
LNW89FXF000401
Body Structure 9F-9

Vehicle body dimensions (door opening dimensions)
mm (in.)
5 6 7 8
5 High 1355.5 1708.0

cab (53.37) (67.24)
Wide 1355.5 1708.0

cab (53.37) (67.24)
5 6
7 8
LNW89FXF000501
9F-10 Body Structure

Vehicle body dimensions (cabin's diagonal dimensions)
9
mm (in.)
9 10 13 14
13 11 12 15 16
11 High 2205.0 2023.5

cab (86.81) (79.67)
16
15
Wide 2364.0 2199.0
cab (93.07) (86.58)
12
14
10
9 10 11
12 13 14
15 16
LNW89FXF000601
Body Structure 9F-11

Vehicle body dimensions (rear door opening dimensions, crew cab)
mm (in.)
19
17 17 18 19 20
High 1452.5 1452.5
cab (57.19) (57.19)
Wide 1452.5 1452.5
cab (57.19) (57.19)
20
18
17 18
19 20
LNW89FXF000701

Vehicle body dimensions (cabin's diagonal dimensions, crew cab)
mm (in.)
25
21 22 25 26
21
27
23 24 27 28
23
High 2032.5 2008.0

cab (80.02) (79.06)
26
28
22 Wide 2214.0 2184.5
24
cab (87.17) (86.00)
21 22 23
24 25 26
27 28
LNW89FXF000801

Vehicle body dimensions (cabin's diagonal dimensions, crew cab)
mm (in.)
25
15 22 10 27
13
15 27 13 24 12 25
High 2655.0 2885.0

cab (104.53) (113.58)
22 2796.0 3008.0
Wide
24
cab (110.08) (118.43)
12
10
10 12 13
15 22 24
25 27
LNW89FXF000901

Vehicle body dimensions (front bumper installation standard dimensions)
mm (in.)
A
B
B
A
)
)
(0.83±0.18)
-0.12
-0.12
0.94+0.24
1.81+0.24
-3.0
23.8+6.0
High cab: 21.0±4.5
46 +6.0
-3.0
Wide cab (2WD):
Wide cab (4WD):

(
(
18.9±5.5
(0.74±0.22)
LNW89FMF000601
• Cross-section A's degree of parallelization (gap

difference) dimensions
• Cross-section B's clearance degree of
parallelization (gap difference) dimensions
Body Panel Sectional Shapes (Standard Cab)

Components
Single Cab
A L
A
L
B
M
B
C
M
C
D F
D J J
G
G K K
E E H
H
I
LNW79FLF000401
Section A-A
3 4
6 5
LNW89FSF000101
Legend
1. Front windshield glass 4. Header
2. Upper molding 5. Head lining
3. Roof panel 6. Finisher
Section B-B Section C-C
5
2
LNW89FMF000201
Legend
1. Front windshield glass 4. Wiper pivot
2. Front center panel 5. Radiator grille
3. Front reinforcement 6. Front mounting rail
Section D-D Section F-F
1
1
3
8
2
7 2
4 3
LNW89FSH000101 LNW89FSH000301
Legend Legend
1. Finisher 1. Door seal
2. Front pillar trim cover 2. Sash extension
3. Front windshield glass 3. Door outer panel
4. Door glass
5. Front door sash
6. Body side finisher
Section E-E
7. Cantrail side panel
1 8. Head lining
Section G-G
3
2
1
2
6 3
5
LNW89FSH000201 5 4
Legend
1. Front center panel
2. Upper door hinge reinforcement
3. Door inner panel
4. Front pillar side panel LNW89FSH000401
5. Front side panel Legend

6. Door outer panel 1. Inner waist seal
2. Outer waist seal
3. Door outer panel
4. Door outer reinforcement
5. Door trim pad
6. Door inner waist reinforcement
Section H-H
1 2
4
3
7
5
LNW89FSF000201
Legend
1. Floor panel 5. Door lower liner
2. Door inner panel 6. Subseal
3. Side panel 7. Tire house liner
4. Door outer panel 8. Door seal
Section I-I Section J-J
2
3
1 1
5
LNW89FSH000501
Legend
1. Finisher
4 2. Rear pillar upper trim cover
3. Rear pillar upper closing
4. Back panel
5. Door glass
LNW89FMH000101
Legend
1. Side panel
2. Door outer panel
3. Door inner panel
4. Step plate
Section K-K
3
5 4
LNW89FSF000301
Legend
1. Door inner panel 4. Side panel
2. Finisher 5. Door outer panel
3. Rear pillar lower trim cover
Section L-L Section M-M
LNW89FMH000201 LNW89FMH000301
Legend Legend
1. Roof 1. Back panel
2. Back panel 2. Rear mounting rail
3. Back light glass 3. Engine cover
Body Panel Sectional Shapes (High Cab, Wide Cab)

Components
Single Cab
F L
D F J J L
D
M
G
E E K K
H
I
H
M
LNW79FLF000601
Section A-A Section B-B

1
1
2
2
5 3
4
4
LNW89FSH000601
Legend
1. Roof panel 6
2. Window molding
3. Windshield glass
4. Window sealing strip
5. Head lining
LNW89FLH000101
Legend
1. Windshield glass
2. Window lower molding
3. Wiper pivot
4. Front panel
5. Radiator grille
6. Dash panel
Section C-C Section D-D
4
1
1
4
8
5
6 7
LNW89FSH000701
3 Legend
1. Windshield glass
2. Front pillar trim cover
4. Window molding
5. Front pillar panel
6. Front door panel
7. Glass-run
LNW89FMH000401
8. Front door glass
Legend
1. Front panel Section E-E
2. Radiator grille 1
3. Bumper
4. Floor panel
2
7 8
5 LNW89FSH000801
Legend
1. Front panel
2. Dash panel
3. Front side panel
4. Front pillar panel
5. Front door panel
6. Glass-run
8. Front door trim pad
Section F-F Section H-H
6 2
1
5
3
5
4
4
Legend Legend
1. Head lining 1. Front door trim pad
2. Roof rail cover 2. Side sill protector
3. Body side finisher 3. Rear pillar inner panel
4. Glass-run 4. Front door lower liner
5. Front door glass 5. Front door panel
6. Front door panel
7. Side panel
Section I-I
Section G-G
5
4 1
1
2 5
6
3
LNW89FSH001201
Legend
LNW89FSH001001
1. Side sill protector
Legend 2. Side sill panel
1. Front door trim pad 3. Front step
2. Inside handle panel 4. Front door panel
3. Inside lever 5. Cornering light
4. Front door glass
5. Waist seal
6. Front door panel
7. Window regulator
Section L-L
Section J-J
2
1 2
6 5 4 3
5
Legend Legend
1. Body side finisher 1. Head lining
2. Pillar closing 2. Roof panel
3. Rear pillar panel 3. Back outer panel
4. Front door panel 4. Weather strip
5. Glass-run 5. Back light glass
6. Front door glass
Section K-K
3
1 2
7 6 5
LNW89FSH001401
Legend
2. Glass-run channel
3. Rear pillar lower trim
4. Floor rear frame
5. Rear pillar panel
6. Front door panel
7. Outside handle
Section M-M
LNW89FLH000201
Legend
1. Back light glass
2. Weather strip
3. Back trim
4. Back outer panel
5. Floor rear frame

Crew Cab
F G
F
A A
E E
D
G
B B D H
C
C H
LNW79FMF000501
Section A-A
2 3
1
5
10 9 8
7 6
LNW89FSF000401
Legend
1. Body side finisher (front door) 6. Rear door panel
2. Center pillar closing panel 7. Center pillar
3. Body side finisher (rear door) 8. Front door panel
4. Rear door glass 9. Glass-run (front door)
5. Glass-run (rear door) 10. Front door glass
Section B-B
1 2 3 4
5
10
9 8 7 6
LNW89FSF000501
Legend
1. Front door trim pad 6. Glass-run (rear door)
2. Body side finisher (front door) 7. Rear door panel
3. Center pillar lower closing panel 8. Center pillar
4. Body side finisher (rear door) 9. Front door panel
5. Rear door trim pad 10. Glass-run channel
Section C-C
Section D-D
2
1
4
3
5
2
6
4 1
5
Legend Legend
1. Front door lower liner 1. Rear door trim pad
2. Rear door trim pad 2. Rear door panel
3. Rear door glass plug 3. Waist seal
4. Rear door panel 4. Rear door glass
5. Side sill rear panel 5. Waist seal
6. Floor panel
Section F-F
Section E-E 1
2
1
8
3
7
2
4
6
3
LNW89FSH001801
Legend
1. Roof panel
2. Side panel
3. Rear door panel
4. Glass-run (rear door)
6 5
5. Rear door glass
6. Body side finisher (rear door)
7. Cantrail side panel
8. Head lining
9 8 7
LNW89FLH000301
Legend
1. Back light glass
2. Weather strip
3. Back outer panel
4. D post upper panel
5. Pillar closing
6. Body side finisher (rear door)
7. Rear door panel
8. Glass-run (rear door)
9. Rear door glass
Section G-G
Section H-H
1
4
5
LNW89FMH000501
3
Legend
1. Head lining
2. Roof panel
3. Back outer panel
4. Weather strip
5. Back light glass
6. Back outer panel reinforcement
4
LNW89FLH000401
Legend
1. Back outer panel reinforcement
2. Back outer panel
3. Floor panel
4. Rear mount reinforcement
Front Emblem and Decal

Components
Standard Cab
2
A
B
3
y-y Section
x
3
y y
D
D
C
4 4
x x-x Section
z
5
5
z-z Section
z
LNW89FLF000401
Legend
A. 16 mm (0.63 in.) 2. Front center panel
B. 21 mm (0.83 in.) 3. Curved panel end
C. 21 mm (0.83 in.) 4. Decal (NH)
D. 19 mm (0.75 in.) 5. Emblem (ISUZU)
E. 38.7 mm (1.524 in.) 6. Radiator grille
1. Front side panel

High Cab and Wide Cab (Type A)
z-z Section
A
z
D 3
LNW89FLF000501
Legend
A. 30 mm (1.18 in.) (NL/NM) 2. Decal (NL/NM/NN/NP/NQ)
A. 34 mm (1.34 in.) (NN/NP/NQ) 3. Emblem (ISUZU)
B. 19 mm (0.75 in.) 4. Emblem lower end
C. 43 mm (1.69 in.) 5. Panel lower end
1. Curved panel end

High Cab and Wide Cab (Type B)
z-z Section
A
z
D
3
D
LNW89FLF000601
Legend
A. 30 mm (1.18 in.) (NL/NM) 2. Decal (NL/NM/NN/NP/NQ)
A. 34 mm (1.34 in.) (NN/NP/NQ) 3. Emblem (ISUZU)
B. 19 mm (0.75 in.) 4. Emblem lower end
C. 18 mm (0.71 in.) 5. Panel lower end
1. Curved panel end
Cab 9G-1

Cab
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Front Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-3 Front Step (Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-36
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-3 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-36
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-3 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-36
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-4 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-36
Windshield (Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-5 Front Step (High/Wide Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-38
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-5 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-38
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-5 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-38
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-7 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-38
Windshield (High/Wide Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-11 Rear Step (High Crew Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-39
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-11 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-39
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-11 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-39
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-12 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-39
Backlight Glass (Single/Wide Crew Cab) . . . . . .9G-16 Rear Step (Wide Crew Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-40
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-16 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-40
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-17 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-40
Electric Outside Rearview Mirror System . . . . . .9G-18 Front Door ASM (Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-41
Description of function and operation. . . . . . . .9G-18 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-41
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-19 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-41
Mirror Heater Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-22 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-44
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-22 Front Door ASM (High/Wide Cab). . . . . . . . . . . 9G-45
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-23 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-45
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-23 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-45
Mirror Remote Controlled Switch . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-24 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-47
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-24 Front Door Glass/Window Regulator
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-24 (Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-50
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-24 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-50
Outside Rearview Mirror (Standard Cab) . . . . . .9G-25 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-50
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-25 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-52
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-25 Front Door Glass/Window Regulator
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-26 (High/Wide Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-55
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-26 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-55
Outside Rearview Mirror (High/Wide Cab) . . . . .9G-28 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-57
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-28 Power Window System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-60
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-28 Description of function and operation. . . . . . . 9G-60
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-29 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-61
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-29 Front Door Power Window Switch (Driver Side) 9G-64
Door Mounted Outside Rearview Mirror . . . . . . .9G-31 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-64
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-31 Front Door Power Window Switch
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-31 (Passenger Side). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-65
Radiator Grille (Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-33 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-65
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-33 Front Door Power Window Motor (Driver Side). 9G-66
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-33 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-66
Radiator Grille/Front Panel (High/Wide Cab) . . .9G-34 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-66
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-34 Front Door Power Window Motor
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-34 (Passenger Side). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-68
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9G-68
9G-2 Cab
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-69
Rear Door ASM (High/Wide Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-70
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-70
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-70
Rear Door Glass/Window Regulator
(High/Wide Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-71
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-71
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-71
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-72
Rear Door Power Window Switch . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-74
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-74
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-74
Rear Door Power Window Motor . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-75
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-75
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-75
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-75
Engine Cover Lock ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-76
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-76
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-76
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-76
Front Pillar Garnish (Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . .9G-77
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-77
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-77
Cab ASM (Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-78
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-78
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-78
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-80
Cab ASM (High/Wide Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-82
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-82
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9G-85
Cab 9G-3
Front Bumper
Components
2 6
4
1 5
3
LNW79GLF000301
Legend
1. Air Guide 4. Bumper Reinforcement
2. Bracket 5. Front Bumper ASM
3. Front Bumper 6. Fog Light
Removal • Remove the 3 bolts.

1. Remove the front bumper ASM. 4. Remove the bumper reinforcement from the front
bumper.
• Disconnect the fog light's harness connector.
• Remove the 5 bolts (on each side).
• Remove the 2 bolts of the air guide section.
• Remove the 4 bolts of the bumper
reinforcement section.
2. Remove the air guide from the front bumper ASM.
3. Remove the fog light from the front bumper ASM.
9G-4 Cab
Installation
1. Install the bumper reinforcement to the front
bumper.
• Tighten the 5 bolts (on each side).
2. Install the fog light to the front bumper ASM.
• Tighten the 3 bolts.
3. Install the air guide to the front bumper ASM.
• Tighten the 3 screws.
4. Install the front bumper ASM.
• Tighten the 4 bolts of the bumper
reinforcement.
Tightening torque: 48 N⋅m (4.9 kg⋅m / 35 lb⋅ft)
• Tighten the 2 bolts of the air guide section.
NOTE:
When adjusting the installation position of the front
bumper, refer to "Body Size (Standard Cab)" or "Body
Size (High Cab, Crew Cab)" in Section 9F Body
Structure.
• Connect the harness connector of the fog light.

Cab 9G-5
Windshield (Standard Cab)

Components
12
1 11
10
3 8
7
6
4
5
5
8
2
6
3
4 9
LNW89GLF000401
Legend
1. Outside Rearview Mirror 7. Lower Molding
2. Outside Rearview Mirror Stay Cap 8. Retainer
3. Outside Rearview Mirror Cover 9. Outside Rearview Mirror Attachment
4. Front Side Panel 10. Upper Molding
5. Wiper Arm 11. Windshield
6. Side Molding 12. Windshield Finisher
Removal • Remove the radiator grille.

Refer to "Radiator Grille (Standard Cab)" in this
Preparation
section.
• Remove the room mirror stopper rubber.
• Remove the front combination light and headlight.
• Remove the assist grip and front pillar trim cover. Refer to "Front Combination Light ASM (NHR
Refer to "Front Pillar Trim Cover (Standard Cab)" vehicle)" and "Headlight ASM (NHR vehicle)" in
in Section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim. Section 9A Lighting System.
9G-6 Cab
1. Remove the wiper arm. • Lift up the lower part of the lower molding (6)
• Open the cover (1) and remove the locking nut with a flat-blade screwdriver, etc., to remove it.
(2).
1 5
LNW79GSH004001
LNW79GSH006101 4. Remove the retainer (7).

2. Remove the outside rearview mirror and outside
rearview mirror attachment.
• Remove the outside rearview mirror stay cap.
• Remove the side molding (3).
• Remove the outside rearview mirror cover (4).
4 7
LNW79GSH006301
5. Remove the upper molding (8).
NOTE:
• Be cautious not to damage the paint work of the
body. It causes rust.
LNW79GSH005401
• Re-use is prohibited.
• Remove the front side panel.
Refer to "Outside Rearview Mirror (Standard 6. Remove the windshield finisher (10).
Cab)" in this section.
• Pull the finisher out from the body flange (9).
3. Remove the lower molding (5).
Cab 9G-7
• Reuse is prohibited. Installation
Positioning of windshield
Before installing the windshield, make sure it has been
8 aligned in its fixed position.
1. Install the windshield finisher to the body.
• Do not peel off the double-sided exfoliate
paper.
• Be sure to use a new windshield finisher (1).
Set the finisher's welded section (2) to the lower
part of the center, inserting it gradually into the
body flange from the welded section.
10
1
LNW29GSH000301
7. Remove the windshield (11).

• Pass approximately φ0.5mm (0.0197 in) piano
wire (12) through the bonded section (13) of the
windshield and into the cabin.
Fit both ends of the piano wire to a square
timber etc. (14), and then cut the entire
circumference of the glass's bonded section by 2
moving the piano wire back and forth inside and
outside the cabin.
LNW79GSH004101
2. Install the upper molding (5) to the windshield.

• Align the paint mark on the back of the upper
12
molding with the alignment mark (7) on the
glass ceramic coated section (6), insert the top
13 edge, and then fix both sides.
• Be sure to use new parts.
11
14 5
LNW29GSH000401 7
NOTE: 6
• Remove all remaining adhesive from the body
flange, and clean. If the glass is installed to an
uneven surface, the adherence will be defective,
causing cracks and water leaks etc.
• If the removed glass is to be reused, remove all
remaining adhesive from the glass using the same LNW79GSH004301
procedures as for the body flange side.
• Completely repair any damage caused to the paint
work of the body flange etc., as such damage may
cause rust.
9G-8 Cab
• Install the upper molding's remaining material • Align the paint mark (14) on the back of the
(8) as evenly as possible between the left and lower molding with the mark (13) on the glass
the right sides, so there is no interference with ceramic coated section, and install the molding.
the retainers (12).
1in)
1in)
.496
.496
mm
mm
to 1
to 1
o 38
o 38
024
024
28 t
28 t
(1.1
(1.1
13
8 12 12 8
14
LNW79GSH005801
• Install the remaining material (A) of the lower

LNW89GSH001201
3. Install the retainer to the windshield. molding (16) as evenly as possible between the
• Set the retainer securely up against the glass's left and the right sides, so there is no
edge. interference with the retainers (15).
A A
15 16 15
LNW79GSH005501 LNW79GSH005701
4. Install the lower molding to the windshield. NOTE:

Do not reuse the molding and the retainer's double-
sided tape.
5. Set the windshield on the body and make

alignment marks.
• Set the windshield so that the molding's edge is
at the edge of the body's curved surface. This
will determine the installation position in the
vertical direction. (5)
As for the installation position in horizontal
direction, set the windshield so that the relative
position of the molding and the body is equal for
the left and right sides.
Cab 9G-9
NOTE: Installation of the windshield
Be careful so that the molding's edge does not fall 1. Apply primer to the entire circumference of the
down into the level difference of the body. body flange.
Primer: Primer for painted surfaces (manufactured by
Yokohama Rubber)
7 Hamatite M (RC-50E) or equivalent

4
NOTE:
Before applying the primer, make sure there is no
adhesive remaining on the flange surface. If primer is
6 applied on top of any remaining adhesive, there is a
5 possibility that the adhesiveness of glass's adhesive
3 agent, which is to be applied later, will become
defective, resulting in cracks and water leaks etc. After
applying the primer, leave for 3 minutes or more.
LNW69GSH000301
Legend
3. Windshield
4. Molding
5. Molding set position (Body's curved surface
edge) 2
6. Masking tape
7. Masking tape cut position
• Attach masking tape from the glass over to the 1

body, and make alignment marks with a
ballpoint pen, etc.
Make alignment marks in 3 locations (top, left,
right) on the glass. LNW29GSH000801
Legend
1. Windshield finisher
2. Primer application area
2. Apply primer to the outer circumference (10) on the

cabin side of the windshield (9). Apply primer 20
mm (0.7874 in) or more away from the glass edge.
Primer: Primer for glass surfaces (manufactured by
Yokohama Rubber)
Hamatite G (MS-90) or equivalent
NOTE:
If the glass is to be reused, remove all the remaining
adhesive, and clean. If primer is applied on top of any
remaining adhesive, there is a possibility that the
adhesiveness of adhesive agent for glass, which is to
be applied later, will become defective, resulting in
LNW69GSH000101
cracks and water leaks etc. After applying the primer,
• Cut the masking tape with a knife, etc., so that it leave for 3 minutes or more.
follows the edge of the molding.
6. Remove the windshield once from the body.
9G-10 Cab
• Allow the adhesive agent for glass to harden at an
ambient temperature of 20 to 30°C (68 to 86°F) for
24 hours. As an aid to this process, secure the
circumference with gum tape etc. Inadequate
pressure bonding can result in water leaks etc.
9
5. Install the outside rearview mirror and the outside
rearview mirror attachment.
• Install the front side panel.
• Install the outside rearview mirror cover.
• Install the side molding.
• Install the outside rearview mirror stay cap.
10
Refer to "Outside Rearview Mirror (Standard
20mm
(0.7874in)
6. Install the wiper arm.
Post-Installation precautions
LNW89GSH001301
• While hardening the adhesive agent of the

3. Apply adhesive agent for glass (11) to the outer
windshield for 24 hours, hold down the
circumference on the cabin side of the windshield.
circumference with gum tape, etc., to aid this
Apply it once around the outer circumference, and
process.
create an overlapping width of 30 mm (1.1811 in)
(12). • Refrain from driving the vehicle for at least 24
hours after the installation.
Adhesive agent: Adhesive agent for glass
• When opening or closing the doors within 24 hours
(manufactured by Yokohama Rubber)
following installation, keep the side window glass
Hamatite WS-202 or equivalent open. If the door must be opened or closed with
the side window glass closed, do it slowly so as not
to cause any vibrations or impact.
• Perform a water leakage test.
12mm (0.4724in)
11
11
7mm (0.2756in)
30mm
7mm (0.2756in)
(1.1811in)
12
11
12mm
(0.4724in)
LNW89GSH001401
4. Attach the windshield.

• Peel off the double-sided exfoliate paper on the
windshield finisher.
• Attach the windshield to the body by accurately
aligning the alignment marks.
NOTE:
• Install it to the body within 5 minutes after applying
the adhesive agent for glass.
• Apply pressure to the glass so that the double-sided
tape becomes firmly attached.
Cab 9G-11
Windshield (High/Wide Cab)

Components
8
6 7
9 7
3
4
2
1
LNW79GLF000101
Legend
1. Wiper Arm 6. Window Tape
2. Window Lower Molding 7. Windshield Spacer
3. Windshield 8. Window Sealing Strip
4. Window Tape 9. Windshield Spacer
5. Window Molding
Removal • Refer to "Wiper Arm&Blade" in Section 9B

Wiper/Washer System.
Preparation
2. Remove the front windshield.
• Remove the room mirror stopper rubber.
• Remove the assist handle and front pillar trim
cover.
• Remove the head lining and the window sealing
strip.
1. Remove the wiper arm.
9G-12 Cab
• Pass approximately φ0.5mm (0.0197 in) piano Application width (A in the diagram): 12mm
wire (12) through the bonded section (13) of the (0.4724 in)
front windshield (11) and into the cabin. Attach •Adhesive agent Hamatite WS-202 for glass
both ends of the piano wire to rectangular (manufactured by Yokohama Rubber), or equivalent
wooden sticks, etc. (14), and cut the bonded Application width (B in the diagram): 9mm (0.3543
section around the entire circumference of the in)
glass by moving the piano wires back and forth
inside and outside the cabin to remove the
glass. 11m
m
(0.4
331
in)
NOTE: 1
• Be cautious not to damage the body.

• Remove all old adhesive remaining on the body,
and clean. A
B
• If the body's surface is uneven, adherence will be
incomplete when installing the glass, resulting in 2
cracks, water leaks, etc. Completely repair any
damage caused to the paint work on the body side, C
as such damage may cause rust. 3
• If the removed glass is to be reused, perform the

same procedures for the bonding surface of the
glass side as those for the body side.
MFW89GSH001901
Legend
1. Windshield
2. Window lower molding
12 3. Body panel
13 1. Install the window sealing strip (3) to the body

panel. (vehicles with flat ceilings only)
11
14
LNW29GSH000401
3
3. Remove the window lower molding. 1
4. Remove the windshield molding.
4
2
Installation
Installation preparation for the windshield 3
• Clean the windshield and the bonding surface of LNW79GSH003701
the body with white gasoline etc.
Adhesive agent to use and the applying area Legend
1. Windshield molding
•Primer for painted surfaces (manufactured by
2. Body panel
Yokohama Rubber)
3. Window sealing strip
Hamatite M (RC-50E) or equivalent 4. Windshield
Application width (C in the diagram): From the tip
of the flange to the end of R.
•Primer for glass (manufactured by Yokohama Rubber)
Hamatite G (MS-90) or equivalent
Cab 9G-13
2. Install the windshield spacer (1) to the body. 3. Attach window tapes for repair onto the body.
• Align the corner of the spacer (1) to the corner
of the roof panel notch (2) at the roof panel side
(A).
• Align the spacer (1) to the center of the front
panel notch (3) at the front panel side (B).
NOTE:
Install the roof panel side only for vehicles with molded
ceilings. 1
A A
1 1
B 1
1
2
A LNW79GMH000301
B Legend
1 1. Start of panel curve surface
3 2. Notch
• Align the positions of the windshield and the

body and put the positioning mark (1) of the
repair window tape (2) of the upper section on
the back side of the glass.
LNW79GMH000401
LNW79GSH006401
NOTE:
When using the spacer to position the glass, refer to
the following reference values.
9G-14 Cab
NOTE:
Apply sufficient pressure to the window tape for repair,
when attaching. Install the glass at least 20 minutes
after attaching the tape.
1
4. Attach the windshield molding to the windshield.
• Use a new molding.
2 • Align the end of the molding (1) with the top
edge of the triangle marking section (2) of the
windshield (3).
a
NOTE:
The diagram shows the cabin side of the windshield.
3
LNW79GSH006201
1
Legend
a. 6mm (0.2362 in)
1. Windshield
2. Spacer
3. Body panel 2
• Align the window tape for repair to the glass

alignment mark of the windshield and the
alignment mark placed at the previous 3
procedure, and attach it.
LNW79GSH003301
LNW79GMH000501
Cab 9G-15
5. Attach the window lower molding to the windshield. NOTE:
• Align the molding end section (2) to the lower • Refrain from driving the vehicle for at least 24
end of the triangular marking (1) of the hours after the installation.
windshield. • Open or close the doors keeping the door glass
• Use a new molding. open, 24 hours following installation. Open or
close the doors slowly so as not to cause any
NOTE: vibration or impact.
The diagram shows the cabin side of the windshield. • Perform a water leakage test.
9. Install the wiper arm.

• Refer to "Wiper Arm&Blade" in Section 9B
Wiper/Washer System.
10. Perform the following procedure after 24 hours.
• Install the head lining and the window sealing
strip.
• Install the assist handle and the front pillar trim
cover.
1 • Install the room mirror stopper rubber.
2
LNW79GSH003401
6. Apply primer on the windshield side and the body

side.
NOTE:
• After applying the primer, leave it as is for at least 3
minutes.
• Apply thoroughly so that there are no thin spots etc.
7. Apply the adhesive agent on the bonding surface

of the windshield.
8. Install the windshield to the body.
• Install the windshield to the body within 5
minutes after applying the adhesive agent, and
lightly tap on the window tapes in 4 locations to
guarantee adhesion.
NOTE:
When attaching the glass, make sure that the upper
window tape for repair is fitted correctly. If the window
tape at the glass side protrudes into the cabin side by
2mm (0.0787 in) or more, it may interfere with the trim
cover.
NOTE:
Allow the adhesive agent to harden at an ambient
temperature of 20 to 30°C (68 to 86°F) for 24 hours.
Hold down the circumference with gum tape, etc., to aid
this process. Inadequate pressure bonding can result in
water leaks etc.
9G-16 Cab
Backlight Glass (Single/Wide Crew Cab)

Components
LNW79GMF000101
Legend
1. Rear Window Glass 2. Weather Strip
Removal
1. Remove the rear window glass.
• Pry up the lip position (3) of the weather strip
(2) at both corners and the upper edge of the
rear window glass (1), remove it from the body 1
flange section (4) and push out the rear window
glass towards the direction of the body exterior.
2
4
LNW29GSH001301
2. Remove the weather strip.

Cab 9G-17
Installation b. Align the rear window glass to its position on
the body, and while pressing down on the rear
1. Fit the weather strip (6) to the rear window glass
window glass from outside the vehicle, pull the
(5).
rope (12) and insert the lip (11) into the body's
• Firmly attach the entire circumference of the flange section (13).
weather strip (9) so that there is no uplifting or In order to improve the adhesion between the
waving (8). weather strip and the body flange, strike the
weather strip with a rubber hammer from
NOTE:
outside the body.
• Install in such a way that the glass mark of the rear
window glass is positioned on the lower left side.
• Install in such a way that the welded section (10) of
the weather strip is at the bottom.
2. Install the rear window glass.

a. Assemble φ5 to 6 mm (0.1969 to 0.2362in) rope 11
(7) for glass installation onto the weather strip,
wrap the rope around it once, and make it cross
for 250 mm (9.8425in) at the center of the left
side of the rear window glass. 12
13
LNW29GSH001401
7
250mm (9.8425in)
10
9 8
OK NG
MFW89GMH000601
9G-18 Cab
Electric Outside Rearview Mirror System

Description of function and operation
This circuit is comprised of the ignition switch, mirror
remote controlled switch, mirror heater switch and
mirrors at the passenger and driver sides.
By operating the mirror remote controlled switch while
the ignition switch is at "ON" or "ACC", the motors built
into the left and right mirrors are activated to adjust the
mirror angle in an up and down, and left and right
directions.
By turning ON the mirror heater switch while the
ignition switch is ON, the heater that is built into the
mirror is activated to defog the mirror.
Cab 9G-19
Neither of the mirrors at both sides operate • Check that the fuses are normal.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc.
(blown fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. (harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or fuse.
• Check that the fuses are normal. If the ground connection is defective (due to
If a fuse is faulty (because it is blown, etc.), incorrect installation or being considerably dirty),
investigate/repair the cause (harness short etc.) repair and clean.
before replacing the fuse.
• Check that the ground connections are normal. normal.
If the ground connection is defective (due to Check the connector for connection faults and the
incorrect installation or being considerably dirty), harness for defect such as abrasion or bends.
repair and clean. Check that the wire inside the harness has not
• Check that the harness and the connector are come loose and caused a short-circuit.
normal. • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
Check the connector for connection faults and the components (radio and lights etc.).
harness for defect such as abrasion or bends. Turn OFF or remove the post-installed electrical
Check that the wire inside the harness has not components, so that they do not affect the
come loose and caused a short-circuit. inspection or the operation.
components (radio and lights etc.). Structural components inspection
Turn OFF or remove the post-installed electrical • Check the mirror remote controlled switch.
components, so that they do not affect the Operate the mirror remote controlled switch and
inspection or the operation. check that the circuit operates normally by the
continuity test. If a problem is found, replace the
switch.
• Check the mirror fuse (F24). • Check the left (right) side mirror.
If there is an abnormality found in a fuse (blown Replace the mirror if it is defective.
fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short
circuit, etc.) before replacing the fuse. Circuit inspection
• Check the mirror remote controlled switch. • Check the following circuits for disconnections,
Operate the mirror remote controlled switch and short circuits (power supply and GND), or high
check that the circuit operates normally by the resistance.
continuity test. If a problem is found, replace the If any defects are discovered, repair or replace the
switch. circuit.
Circuit inspection - Between the mirror remote controlled switch
and the mirror
• Check the following circuits for disconnections,
- Between the mirror remote controlled switch
short circuits (power supply and GND), or high
and GND (cab)
resistance.
If any defects are discovered, repair or replace the
Both mirrors operate only in the up and down (or
circuit.
left and right) direction
- Between the fuse (F24) and the mirror remote
controlled switch Prior confirmation and visual inspection
- Between the mirror remote controlled switch • Check that the battery voltage is normal.
and GND (cab) If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
Left (right) mirror does not operate • Check that the fuses are normal.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc.
incorrect installation or being considerably dirty),
repair and clean.
9G-20 Cab
• Check that the harness and the connector are • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
normal. components (radio and lights etc.).
Check the connector for connection faults and the Turn OFF or remove the post-installed electrical
harness for defect such as abrasion or bends. components, so that they do not affect the
Check that the wire inside the harness has not inspection or the operation.
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical Structural components inspection
components (radio and lights etc.). • Check the mirror remote controlled switch.
Turn OFF or remove the post-installed electrical Operate the mirror remote controlled switch and
components, so that they do not affect the check that the circuit operates normally by the
inspection or the operation. continuity test. If a problem is found, replace the
switch.
Structural components inspection • Check the left side mirror.
• Check the mirror remote controlled switch. Replace the mirror if it is defective.
Operate the mirror remote controlled switch and
check that the circuit operates normally by the Circuit inspection
continuity test. If a problem is found, replace the • Check the following circuits for disconnections,
switch. short circuits (power supply and GND), or high
• Check the left (right) mirror. resistance.
Replace the mirror if it is defective. If any defects are discovered, repair or replace the
circuit.
Circuit inspection - Between the mirror remote controlled switch
• Check the following circuits for disconnections, and the mirror
short circuits (power supply and GND), or high - Between the mirror remote controlled switch
resistance. and GND (cab)
circuit. Right mirror operates only in the up and down (or
- Between the mirror remote controlled switch left and right) direction
and the mirror Prior confirmation and visual inspection
and GND (cab)
Left mirror operates only in the up and down (or left
and right) direction • Check that the fuses are normal.
If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection (blown fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause
replace the battery. • Check that the ground connections are normal.
• Check that the fuses are normal. If the ground connection is defective (due to
If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc. incorrect installation or being considerably dirty),
(blown fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause repair and clean.
(harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the • Check that the harness and the connector are
fuse. normal.
• Check that the ground connections are normal. Check the connector for connection faults and the
If the ground connection is defective (due to harness for defect such as abrasion or bends.
incorrect installation or being considerably dirty), Check that the wire inside the harness has not
repair and clean. come loose and caused a short-circuit.
• Check that the harness and the connector are • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
normal. components (radio and lights etc.).
Check the connector for connection faults and the Turn OFF or remove the post-installed electrical
harness for defect such as abrasion or bends. components, so that they do not affect the
Check that the wire inside the harness has not inspection or the operation.
Cab 9G-21
Structural components inspection Circuit inspection
• Check the mirror remote controlled switch. • Check the following circuits for disconnections,
Operate the mirror remote controlled switch and short-circuits (power supply and GND), or high
check that the circuit operates normally by the resistance.
continuity test. If a problem is found, replace the If any defects are discovered, repair or replace the
switch. circuit.
• Check the right side mirror. - Between the fuse (F13) and the mirror heater
Replace the mirror if it is defective. switch
- Between the mirror and GND (cab)
Circuit inspection
• Check the following circuits for disconnections, The heaters for the mirrors on both sides do not
short circuits (power supply and GND), or high operate.
resistance. Prior confirmation and visual inspection
circuit. • Check that the battery voltage is normal.
and the mirror
The heaters for the mirrors on both sides do not If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc.
operate (blown fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause
(harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
Prior confirmation and visual inspection fuse.
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. • Check that the ground connections are normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or If the ground connection is defective (due to
replace the battery. incorrect installation or being considerably dirty),
• Check that the fuses are normal. repair and clean.
If there is an abnormality found in a fuse (blown • Check that the harness and the connector are
fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause (harness short normal.
circuit, etc.) before replacing the fuse. Check the connector for connection faults and the
• Check that the ground connections are normal. harness for defect such as abrasion or bends.
If the ground connection is defective (due to Check that the wire inside the harness has not
incorrect installation or being considerably dirty), come loose and caused a short-circuit.
repair and clean. • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
• Check that the harness and the connector are components (radio and lights etc.).
normal. Turn OFF or remove the post-installed electrical
Check the connector for connection faults and the components, so that they do not affect the
harness for defect such as abrasion or bends. inspection or the operation.
Check that the wire inside the harness has not
come loose and caused a short-circuit. Structural components inspection
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical • Check the left (right) side mirror.
components (radio and lights etc.). Replace the mirror if it is defective.
Turn OFF or remove the post-installed electrical
components, so that they do not affect the Circuit inspection
inspection or the operation. • Check the following circuits for disconnections,
short circuits (power supply and GND), or high
• Check the power fuse (F13: NLR, NMR, NNR, If any defects are discovered, repair or replace the
NPR/S, NQR) of the mirror heater switch. circuit.
If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc. - Between the mirror heater switch and the mirror
- Between the mirror and GND (cab)
fuse.
• Check the mirror heater switch.
Operate the mirror heater switch and check that
the circuit operates normally by the continuity test.
If a problem is found, replace the switch.
9G-22 Cab
Mirror Heater Switch

Removal
Except NHR vehicle
3. Remove the mirror heater switch (3).
• Remove the lock (1) of the switch and push it
out from the back side of the meter cluster.
RHD 1
3 2
LHD,
for Europe (RHD, LHD)
3
LNW89GMH000101
Cab 9G-23
Inspection 2. Inspect that selection by the switch is smooth.
1. Inspect the continuity between the terminals of the
results, replace the applicable part with a normal
mirror heater switch connector.
one.
4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6 5
Switch side
Terminal No. Name
1 Mirror heater power supply (left)
2 Mirror heater power output (left)

8 6 4 2
3 Mirror heater power supply (right)
4 Mirror heater power output (right)
5 Mirror heater indicator light (GND)
6 Mirror heater indicator light (power supply)
7 Illumination (GND)
7 5 3 1
8 Illumination (power supply)
9 -
10 -
LNW89GMF000301
Installation
Perform installation in the reverse order of the removal
procedure.
9G-24 Cab
Mirror Remote Controlled Switch

Removal 2. Inspect that selection by the switch is smooth.
Except NHR vehicle
results, replace the applicable part with a normal
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. one.
3. Remove the mirror remote controlled switch (3).
B-179
• Remove the lock (2) of the switch and push it
out from the back side of the meter cluster.
4 3 2 1
RHD 1 10 9 8 7 6 5
Switch side
4 9 8 10 7 5
Switch
position +B E C Lv Lh Rv Rh
UP
DOWN
LH
LEFT
RIGHT
3 2
UP
LHD 1 DOWN
RH
LEFT
RIGHT
LNW89GMH000301
2
Installation
Perform installation in the reverse order of the removal
3 procedure.
LNW89GMH000201
Inspection
1. Inspect the continuity between the terminals of the
remote switch.
Cab 9G-25
Outside Rearview Mirror (Standard Cab)

Components
1
4 2
8
6
10
11 1
9 8
7
LNW89GLF000201
Legend
1. Side Molding 7. Front Combination Light
2. Outside Rearview Mirror Attachment 8. Headlight
3. Outside Rearview Mirror 9. Radiator Grille
4. Outside Rearview Mirror Stay Cap 10. Outside Rearview Mirror
5. Outside Rearview Mirror Cover 11. Outside Rearview Mirror Attachment
6. Front Side Panel
Removal • Refer to "Front Combination Light ASM (NHR

vehicle)" and "Headlight ASM (NHR vehicle)" in
1. Remove the radiator grille.
• Refer to "Radiator Grille (Standard Cab)" in this
3. Remove the outside rearview mirror stay cap.
section.
4. Remove the side molding.
2. Remove the front combination light and headlight.
5. Remove the outside rearview mirror cover.
9G-26 Cab
• Protect the paint work with a rag, etc., and lift • Remove the outside rearview mirror (4) from
up the cover's front edge with a flat-blade the mirror stay (6).
screwdriver, etc., to remove it.
6. Remove the front side panel.
• Remove the screw.
• Pull the panel forward and remove the clips in 5
locations.
1 2 3
5 4
LNW89GSH001001
2. Remove the underview mirror (1) from the mirror

stay (2).
• Remove the underview mirror cover (3).
Remove the lock and slide the cover sideways.
LNW79GSH002801 • Remove the mirror plate (4).
7. Remove the outside rearview mirror.
• Remove the 3 bolts. 1
8. Remove the outside mirror attachment.
• Remove the 2 bolts.
4 2
3
LNW89GSH001701
Reassembly
1. Install the underview mirror (1) to the mirror stay
LNW89GSH000901
(2).
• Install the mirror plate (4).
Disassembly Tightening torque: 1 N⋅m (0.1 kg⋅m / 9 lb⋅in)
1. Remove the outside rearview mirror (4).
• Install the underview mirror cover (3).
• Remove the screw (2) and outside rearview
mirror holder (3).
• Remove the pivot (5).
Cab 9G-27
4 2
3
2. Install the outside rearview mirror (4) to the mirror 3. Install the front side panel.
stay (6). • Fit the clips at 5 locations.
• Install the pivot (5) and outside rearview mirror • Tighten the screw.
holder (3).
4. Install the outside rearview mirror cover.
• Tighten the screw (2).
5. Install the side molding.
Tightening torque: 2 N⋅m (0.2 kg⋅m / 17 lb⋅in) 6. Install the outside rearview mirror stay cap.
• Install the outside mirror cover (1).
1 2 3
5 4
LNW79GSH004701
LNW89GSH001001 7. Install the headlight and front combination light.

• Refer to "Front Combination Light ASM (NHR
vehicle)" and "Headlight ASM (NHR vehicle)" in
Installation Section 9A Lighting System.
1. Install the outside rearview mirror attachment. 8. Install the radiator grille.
• Tighten the 2 bolts. • Refer to "Radiator Grille (Standard Cab)" in this
2. Install the outside rearview mirror. section.
NOTE:
If the bolts are to be reused, apply LOCTITE or
equivalent to the threaded portion of the bolts.
9G-28 Cab
Outside Rearview Mirror (High/Wide Cab)

Components
6
5
1 2
7
LNW79GLF000501
Legend
1. Front Turn Signal Light 5. Outside Rearview Mirror Stay Cap
2. Headlight 6. Outside Rearview Mirror
3. Front Side Panel 7. Radiator Grille
4. Outside Rearview Mirror Cover 8. Front Panel
Removal 3. Remove the outside rearview mirror stay cap (1).

1. Remove the radiator grille and front panel. 4. Remove the outside rearview mirror cover (2).
• Refer to "Radiator Grille/Front Panel (High/ • Protect the paint work with a rag, etc., and lift
Wide Cab)" in this section. up the cover's front edge with a flat-blade
2. Remove the front turn signal light and headlight.
5. Remove the front side panel (4).
• Refer to "Front Turn Signal Light ASM (NLR,
NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR)" and "Headlight • Pull the panel forward and remove the clips in 5
ASM (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR vehicle)" locations and the dual lock fastener (3).
in Section 9A Lighting System.
Cab 9G-29
3
1 2 3
4
5 4
6. Remove the outside rearview mirror. 2. Remove the underview mirror (1) from the mirror
• Remove the 2 bolts and 1 nut. stay (2).
• Remove the underview mirror cover (3).
Remove the lock and slide the cover sideways.
• Remove the mirror plate (4).
4 2
LNW89GSH001101
3
Disassembly LNW89GSH001701
1. Remove the outside rearview mirror (4).

Reassembly
• Remove the screw (2) and outside rearview
mirror holder (3). 1. Install the underview mirror (1) to the mirror stay
(2).
• Remove the pivot (5).
• Install the mirror plate (4).
• Remove the outside rearview mirror (4) from
the mirror stay (6). Tightening torque: 1 N⋅m (0.1 kg⋅m / 9 lb⋅in)
• Install the underview mirror cover (3).
9G-30 Cab
4 2
3
2. Install the outside rearview mirror (4) to the mirror 2. Install the front side panel.
stay (6). • Fit the clips at 5 locations and then the dual
• Install the pivot (5) and outside rearview mirror lock fastener section.
holder (3). • Turn up the molding of the windshield and
• Tighten the screw (2). insert the front side panel under the lip.
Tightening torque: 2 N⋅m (0.2 kg⋅m / 17 lb⋅in) 3. Install the outside rearview mirror cover.
4. Install the outside rearview mirror stay cap.
• Install the outside rearview mirror cover (1).
1 2 3
5 4
LNW79GSH004601
LNW89GSH001001
5. Install the headlight and front turn signal light.
• Refer to "Headlight ASM (NLR, NMR, NNR,
Installation NPR/S, NQR vehicle)" and "Front Turn Signal
Light ASM (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR)" in
1. Install the outside rearview mirror.
• Tighten the 2 bolts and the 1 nut.
6. Install the front panel and the radiator grille.
Tightening torque: 19 N⋅m (1.9 kg⋅m / 14 lb⋅ft) • Refer to "Radiator Grille/Front Panel (High/
Wide Cab)" in this section.
NOTE:
If the bolts are to be reused, apply LOCTITE or
equivalent to the threaded portion of the bolts.
Cab 9G-31
Door Mounted Outside Rearview Mirror

Components
2
3
1
14
4
13
5
12
6
11
10
16
15
LNW89GMF000501
Legend
1. Stay Cap 9. Lower Bracket Sheet
2. Support Stay Sheet 10. Cover
3. Support Stay Spacer 11. Upper Bracket
4. Support Stay 12. Upper Bracket Sheet
5. Outside Rearview Mirror Stay 13. Plain Washer
6. Outside Rearview Mirror 14. Cap Nut
7. Lower Bracket Sub Cover 15. Bolt
8. Lower Bracket Main Cover 16. Clamp
Removal 5. Remove the outside rearview mirror Stay.

1. Remove the outside rearview mirror. • Remove the 4 mounting bolts.
• Remove the cover and remove the bolts and • Remove the lower bracket sheet.
clamp. 6. Remove the upper bracket and the upper bracket
2. Remove the stay cap. sheet.
3. Remove the support stay. • Remove the cap nuts and the plain washer.
• Remove the cap nuts and the plain washers.
• Remove the support stay spacer and the
support stay sheet.
4. Remove the lower bracket sub cover and the lower
bracket main cover.
NOTE:
Be cautious not to damage the body.
9G-32 Cab
Installation
1. Install the upper bracket sheet and the upper
bracket.
• Tighten the plain washers and the cap nuts.
2. Install the outside rearview mirror stay.
• Install the lower buracket sheet.
• Tighten the 4 mounting bolts.
3. Install the support stay.
• Install the support stay sheet and support stay
spacer.
• Tighten the plain washers and the cap nuts.
• Install the stay cap.
Tightening torque:
Door side 17 N⋅m (1.7 kg⋅m / 12 lb⋅ft)
Bracket side 40 N⋅m (4.1 kg⋅m / 30 lb⋅ft)
4. Install the lower bracket main cover and the lower
bracket sub cover.
NOTE:
Be cautious not to damage the body.
5. Install the outside rearview mirror.

• Install the cover and tighten the clamp and the
bolts.
Tightening torque: 6 N⋅m (0.6 kg⋅m / 52 lb⋅in)
Cab 9G-33
Radiator Grille (Standard Cab)

Components
LNW79GMF000401
Legend
1. Screw 2. Radiator Grille
Removal
• Pull the radiator grille towards you, and remove
the clips in 6 locations.
NOTE:
Install the removed clips to the radiator grille.
Installation
1. Install the radiator grille.
• Fit the clips at 6 locations.
• Tighten the screw.
LNW79GSH006001
9G-34 Cab
Radiator Grille/Front Panel (High/Wide Cab)

Components
5
4
2
1
LNW79GLF000201
Legend
1. Screw 4. Front Panel
2. Radiator Grille 5. Front Panel Seal
3. Bolt
Removal
• Push up the clip claws (1) at 5 locations.
Pull both lower end sections of the radiator
grille towards you, and remove the clips in 2
locations (2).
NOTE:
Install the removed clips to the radiator grille.
Cab 9G-35
LNW79GSH001601
2. Remove the front panel.

• Pull the front panel downward and remove it.
NOTE:
When removing the front panel, hold the panel down so
as not to let it fall.
Installation
1. Install the front panel seal.
• After temporarily mounting the front panel seal
to the front panel, peel off the exfoliate paper
and apply sufficient pressure to attach it.
2. Install the front panel.
• Align the 2 pin locations and the 1 clip location
at the body side and install the front panel to the
body.
• Tighten the bolt.
NOTE:
• When installing the front panel, hold the panel down
so as not to let it fall.
• When installing the front panel, do not hold the
panel at its side so that the front panel seal does not
go out of position. Be sure to hold the panel at its
bottom end and install it.
3. Install the radiator grille.

• Fit the clips at 5 locations and then fit the 2 clips
at both lower end sections.
• Tighten the screw.
9G-36 Cab
Front Step (Standard Cab)

Components
5 6 2
8
3
8
LNW79GMF000701
Legend
1. Door Check Arm Pin 5. Clip
2. Check Arm Bracket 6. Bolt
3. Clip 7. Headlight Grille Cover
4. Step Plate 8. Screw
1. Remove the headlight grille cover. 1. Install the step plate.
• Remove the clip. • Tighten the 3 bolts.
2. Remove the front combination light. Tightening torque: 15 N⋅m (1.5 kg⋅m / 11 lb⋅ft)
vehicle)" in Section 9A Lighting System. • Install the 2 screws and the 1 clip.
3. Remove the door check arm pin. 2. Install the check arm bracket.
• Widen the clip notch to remove it, and pull out • Tighten the bolt.
the pin by tapping it from below with a plastic Tightening torque: 25 N⋅m (2.5 kg⋅m / 18 lb⋅ft)
hammer, etc.
4. Remove the check arm bracket. 3. Install the door check arm pin.
• Remove the 2 mounting bolts at the door side. NOTE:
5. Remove the step plate. Check that the clip at the tip of the door check arm pin
• Remove the 3 bolts, 2 screws and 1 clip. is securely fastened.
4. Install the front combination light.

Cab 9G-37
vehicle)" in Section 9A Lighting System.
5. Install the headlight grille cover.
• Install the clip.
9G-38 Cab
Front Step (High/Wide Cab)

Components
2
LNW79GMF000201
Legend
1. Step Plate 3. Front Mudguard
2. Bolt 4. Clip
Removal
1. Remove the step plate.
Installation
1. Install the step plate.
Cab 9G-39
Rear Step (High Crew Cab)

Components
3
2
3
2
3
LNW79GMF000601
Legend
1. Nut 3. Bolt
2. Rear Step
Removal
1. Remove the rear step.
• Remove the bolt and nut.
Installation
1. Install the rear step.
• Tighten the bolt and nut.
9G-40 Cab
Rear Step (Wide Crew Cab)

Components
1 2 1
LNW89GMF000201
Legend
1. Bolt 3. Rear Step
2. Nut
Removal
1. Remove the rear step.
• Remove the 4 bolts and the 2 nuts.
Installation
1. Install the rear step.
• Tighten the 4 bolts and the 2 nuts.
Cab 9G-41
Front Door ASM (Standard Cab)

Components
LNW79FLF000801
Legend
1. Front Door ASM 5. Front Side Panel
2. Outside Rearview Mirror Stay Cap 6. Front Combination Light
3. Outside Rearview Mirror Cover 7. Headlight Lower Cover
4. Outside Rearview Mirror
Removal 5. Remove the front side panel.

Preparation 6. Remove the outside rearview mirror.
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. • Refer to "Outside Rearview Mirror (Standard
1. Remove the front combination light.
7. Disconnect the door harness connector. (Driver
side door)
vehicle)" in Section 9A Lighting System.
2. Remove the outside rearview mirror stay cap.
3. Remove the side molding.
4. Remove the outside rearview mirror cover.
9G-42 Cab
a. Remove the driver knee bolster outer panel (2).
• Remove the 2 clips (3). 1
• Pull the knee bolster panel towards you, and 2
remove the clips in 3 locations (1).
1
4 3
6
2 3 LNW79KSH000701
c. Remove the washer tank.

• Remove the 2 nuts and the 1 bolt.
3 d. Disconnect the harness connector.
LNW79GSH000501
b. Disconnect the harness connector.
LNW79GSH002101
9. Remove the door check arm (4).

LNW79GSH002201
8. Disconnect the door harness connector.

(Passenger side door)
a. Remove the knee bolster panel (on the
passenger side) (5).
• Remove the 2 clips (6).
• Pull the knee bolster panel in a diagonally
upward direction and remove the clips in 7
locations (4).
b. Remove the side trim panel (3).
• Remove the 1 clip (2).
• Pull the side trim panel in a diagonally
locations (1).
Cab 9G-43
• Remove the 2 mounting bolts at the door side CAUTION:
(5). Use a rag or a piece of wood so as to be careful not to
damage it.
LNW29GSH002801
10. Remove the front door ASM (6). LNW79GSH005201

• Among the 3 mounting bolts for each hinge,
remove the 1 bolt at the front for each while • Remove the 2 mounting bolts at the rear side
keeping the door closed. for each hinge while keeping the door open.
• Make alignment marks beforehand on the
hinge.
LNW29GMH000801
LNW79GMH000601
• Open the door and support it with a garage

jack, etc.
9G-44 Cab
Installation
Perform the installation in the reverse order of the
removal while paying attention to the following
instructions.
1. Tighten the mounting bolt at the specified torque.
2. Adjust the installation position of the door.
• Refer to "Body Size (Standard Cab)" in Section
9F Body Structure.
Cab 9G-45
Front Door ASM (High/Wide Cab)

Components
4
5
6
8 7
LNW79GLF001001
Legend
1. Radiator Grille 6. Outside Rearview Mirror Cover
2. Front Panel 7. Front Side Cover
3. Door Hinge 8. Front Turn Signal Light
4. Front Door ASM 9. Headlight
5. Outside Rearview Mirror Stay Cap
Removal • Pull the knee bolster panel towards you, and

Preparation
1. Disconnect the door harness connector. (Driver
side door)
a. Remove the driver knee bolster outer panel (2).
• Remove the 2 clips (3).
9G-46 Cab
1
1
4
3 7
2 3 5
6
3
b. Disconnect the harness connector. c. Remove the washer tank.

• Remove the 2 nuts and the 1 bolt.
d. Disconnect the harness connector.
LNW79GSH002201
2. Disconnect the door harness connector.

(Passenger side door) LNW79GSH002101
a. Remove the knee bolster panel (on the 3. Remove the front door ASM.
passenger side) (5).
• Place alignment marks on the door hinge and
• Remove the 2 clips (6). front door panel.
• Pull the knee bolster panel in a diagonally • Open the front door and support it with a
upward direction and remove the clips in 5 garage jack, etc.
locations (4).
b. Remove the side trim panel (7). CAUTION:
• Remove the 1 clip (2) and the 1 screw (3). Use a rag or a piece of wood so as to be careful not to
damage it.
• Pull the side trim panel in a diagonally
upward direction and remove the clip in 1
location (1).
Cab 9G-47
• Pull the panel forward and remove the clips in 5
locations and the dual lock fastener (3).
LNW79GSH005201
• Remove the clip (3) and pin (2) of the door

LNW79GSH000901
check arm.
• Remove the 4 bolts (1). 6. Remove the door hinge.
• Make positioning marks on the door hinge and
the body.
2
1
LNW79GSH003001
Removal of the door hinge

LNW79GSH000801
1. Remove the radiator grille and front panel.
Wide Cab)" in this section.
Installation
2. Remove the front turn signal light and headlight.
1. Install the door hinge.
• Refer to "Front Turn Signal Light ASM (NLR,
NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR)" and "Headlight • Tighten the 6 bolts.
ASM (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR vehicle)" Tightening torque: 22 N⋅m (2.2 kg⋅m / 16 lb⋅ft)
in Section 9A Lighting System.
3. Remove the outside rearview mirror stay cap (1). NOTE:
4. Remove the outside rearview mirror cover (2). Use new bolts.
• Protect the paint work with a rag, etc., and lift
up the cover's front edge with a flat-blade
5. Remove the front side panel (4).
9G-48 Cab
NOTE:
Use new bolts.
8. Set the clip (3) to the pin (2) of the door check arm,
and then install the pin to the door check arm.
2
1
LNW79GSH000801
2. Install the front side panel. 3

• Fit the clips at 5 locations and then the dual
lock fastener section.
• Turn up the molding of the windshield and LNW79GSH005301
insert the front side panel under the lip.
3. Install the outside rearview mirror cover. NOTE:
After completing the procedure, apply grease
4. Install the outside rearview mirror stay cap.
thoroughly to the pin linkage section (between the
bracket and the check arm) of the door check arm with
the front door fully open.
Grease: Permalub EEM-10 (manufactured by Nippon
Koyu), or equivalent
9. Connect the door harness connector. (Driver side)
a. Connect the harness connector.
LNW79GSH004601
5. Install the headlight and front turn signal light.

• Refer to "Headlight ASM (NLR, NMR, NNR,
NPR/S, NQR vehicle)" and "Front Turn Signal
Light ASM (NLR, NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR)" in
6. Install the radiator grille and front panel.
LNW79GSH002201
Wide Cab)" in this section. b. Install the driver knee bolster outer panel (2).
7. Install the front door ASM. • Fit the clips at 3 locations (1) on the knee
bolster panel.
• Tighten the 4 bolts (1).
Cab 9G-49
• Install the 2 clips (3). • Install the 2 clips (6).
1
1
2
3
4
7
2 3 5
6
3
LNW79KSH001401 LNW79KSH001001
10. Connect the door harness connector. (Passenger 11. Adjust the installation position of the front door.
side) • Refer to "Body Size (High Cab, Wide Cab)" in
a. Connect the harness connector. Section 9F Body Structure.
LNW79GSH002101
b. Install the washer tank.

• Tighten the 2 nuts and the 1 bolt.
c. Install the side trim panel (7).
• Fit the clip at 1 location (1).
• Install the 1 clip (2) and the 1 screw (3).
d. Install the knee bolster panel (on the passenger
side) (5).
• Fit the clips at 5 locations (4).
9G-50 Cab
Front Door Glass/Window Regulator (Standard Cab)

Components
3
2
1
9 5
10 4
6
7
11
8
12
LNW29GMF000501
Legend
1. Glass 7. Speaker Connector
2. Glass-Run 8. Speaker
3. Outer Waist Seal 9. Window Regulator
4. Glass-Run Rear Channel 10. Power Window Motor Connector
5. Door Out One-way Valve 11. Water Sheet
6. Door Pull Case Bracket 12. Front Door Trim Pad
Removal
Preparation
1. Remove the front door trim pad.
• Refer to "Front Door Trim Pad (Standard Cab)"
2. Remove the speaker.
• Remove the 3 screws and the 1 clip.
3. Remove the door pull case bracket.
4. Remove the door out one-way valve.
5. Remove the water sheet.
Cab 9G-51
• Carefully peel it off using an utility knife, etc. • Lower the front side of the glass and when the
When peeling it off, be careful so as not to front side of the glass comes out from the
damage it. glass-run (3), pull the rear side of the glass
upward.
LNWX2BSH003301
6. Remove the outer waist seal.

7. Remove the glass (2).
• Use a window regulator (1) to lower the glass to
the position where the mounting bolts can be
seen and remove 4 bolts.
3
LNW29GMH001101
1 8. Remove the window regulator.

• Disconnect the harness connector (4) of the
power window motor, and remove 5 mounting
screws (6).
9. Remove the glass-run.
• Pull out the glass-run from the door frame
groove.
2
10. Remove the glass-run rear channel.
LNW29GSH003401
9G-52 Cab
• Remove the 2 mounting screws (5).
LNW29GSH003501
Installation
instructions.
1. Install the glass-run.
a. Align the lip section notch "a" of the glass-run
(1) with the door outer waist line "A". Align the
slit portion "b" of the glass-run with the door "B"
section, and fit the glass-run between "A" – "B".
b. Align the lip section notch "c" of the glass-run
with the door outer waist line "C", and fit the
section between "B" – "C". Insert the glass-run
into the channel (6) in the door.
NOTE:
• Fit the glass-run so that its lip section (5) faces the
outside of the vehicle.
• If the glass-run is to be reused, apply sealing agent
(4) to the area (3) shown in the diagram.
Sealing agent: Cemedine 366DX or equivalent
Cab 9G-53
1 2
A E
1 b
C D
5
4
a
c
1 1
a
c
C A
D E
LNW29GLF000801
Legend
1. Glass-run 4. Sealing agent coating position
2. Glass guide 5. Lip section (glass-run)
3. Sealing agent coating area 6. Channel inside the door
2. Install the glass.

Put the glass in the door panel with the front side
of the glass tilted down. Insert the back side of the
glass into the glass-run first, then the front side,
and then gradually lift the front side upward along
the glass-run.
3. Install the window regulator.
Temporarily tighten the window regulator mounting
screw (3) (reference hole), and then securely
tighten the screws in the order (2) → (5) → (1) →
(4). Lastly, securely tighten (3) (reference hole).
9G-54 Cab
2
1
3
5 4
LNW29GSH003601
4. Install the water sheet.

Securely attach the water sheet with the butyl tape.
Check that there are no tears.
Cab 9G-55
Front Door Glass/Window Regulator (High/Wide Cab)

Components
10
6
9
7
LNW79GLF000701
Legend
1. Glass-Run 6. Armrest Bracket
2. Glass 7. Inside Lever
3. Window Regulator 8. Water Sheet
4. Speaker 9. Glass-Run
5. Front Door Trim Pad 10. Glass-Run Channel
Removal • Remove the 3 screws.

Preparation • Disconnect the harness connector.
• Down the glass. 3. Remove the armrest bracket.
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. • Remove the 3 screws.
1. Remove the front door trim pad. 4. Remove the inside lever.
• Refer to "Front Door Trim Pad (High Cab, Wide • Disconnect the 2 wires of the door lock.
Cab)" in Section 9K Exterior/Interior Trim. 5. Remove the water sheet.
2. Remove the speaker. • Peel off the butyl tape with an utility knife, etc.
9G-56 Cab
NOTE: • Down the glass's front side (1) and remove it
Be cautious not to damage the water sheet when from the glass-run. Next, pull up the rear side
peeling off the butyl tape. (2) of the glass to remove it outside the front
door panel.
LNWX2BSH003301
6. Remove the glass.

LNW79GMH000101
7. Remove the window regulator.

• Disconnect the harness connector of the motor.
• Remove the 4 bolts (2) and the 2 nuts (1).
8. Remove the glass-run channel.
LNW79GSH001301
2
LNW79GSH001401

• Pull out the glass-run from the door frame.
Cab 9G-57
Installation 2. Install the waist seal (3).
1. Install the glass-run (2) to the channel of the front • Align the front side corner section (B) with the
door (1). glass-run, and press it into the flange from the
front side toward the rear side.
• Fit the rear side corner section (A) to the front
door panel first, and then install it towards the NOTE:
front and bottom sides.
• Do not allow a gap to form at the front edge section
NOTE: and in the D–D section.
• Do not allow a gap to form in the C–C section.
D-D C-C
2
1
C
C
LNW79GLF001401
3. Install the glass-run (4) to the glass-run channel (2)

with a clip (3).
4. Install the glass-run channel.
• Insert the portion of the glass-run channel (1)
shown in the diagram into the channel of the
front door.
9G-58 Cab
MFW79GSH002201 LNW79GSH001301
• Tighten the 2 bolts. 7. Install the water sheet.

Tightening torque: 9 N⋅m (0.9 kg⋅m / 78 lb⋅in) • Attach the butyl tape (3).
• Attach the water sheet by aligning the round
5. Install the window regulator. holes (2 locations in the front and back) of the
• Temporarily mount the bolt (4) to the window upper section of the water sheet with the clip
regulator and use it as a guide bolt. hole (1) and the punch mark (2) of the front
• Tighten the 4 bolts and the 2 nuts in the order (1 door panel.
- 6) shown in the diagram.
NOTE:
Tightening torque: 9 N⋅m (0.9 kg⋅m / 78 lb⋅in) Make sure that there is no tear in the water sheet.
6
1
5 2
4
1
2
3
3
• Connect the harness connector of the motor.

6. Install the glass.
• Put the glass in the door panel with its front side
tilted down. Insert the rear side and then the
front side of the glass into the glass-run, and
gradually lift the front side of the glass upward
along the glass-run.
• Install the glass to the window regulator and
tighten the 2 bolts.
Cab 9G-59
8. Install the inside lever.
• Connect the 2 wires of the door lock.
9. Install the armrest bracket.
10. Install the speaker.
11. Install the front door trim pad.
• Refer to "Front Door Trim Pad (High Cab, Wide
9G-60 Cab
Power Window System

Description of function and operation
This circuit is comprised of the ignition switch as well as
the power window switch and power window motor for
each window.
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the battery
voltage is applied to each power window switch through
the fuse and power window relay in the circuit. This
enables for up or down selection with each switch to
toggle the rotational direction of the power window
motor, which opens or closes the window. The switch at
the driver side has a built-in one touch circuit, which
automatically moves the window down by operating the
switch to the auto position.
Cab 9G-61
Functional inspection
None of the windows operate Window at the driver side does not operate
Prior confirmation and visual inspection Prior confirmation and visual inspection
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. • Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
replace the battery. replace the battery.
• Check that the fuses are normal. • Check that the fuses are normal.
If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc. If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc.
(blown fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause (blown fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause
(harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the (harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
fuse. fuse.
• Check that the ground connections are normal. • Check that the ground connections are normal.
If the ground connection is defective (due to If the ground connection is defective (due to
incorrect installation or being considerably dirty), incorrect installation or being considerably dirty),
repair and clean. repair and clean.
• Check that the harness and the connector are • Check that the harness and the connector are
normal. normal.
Check the connector for connection faults and the Check the connector for connection faults and the
harness for defect such as abrasion or bends. harness for defect such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness has not Check that the wire inside the harness has not
come loose and caused a short-circuit. come loose and caused a short-circuit.
• Check the effect of the post-installed electrical • Check the effect of the post-installed electrical
components (radio and lights etc.). components (radio and lights etc.).
Turn OFF or remove the post-installed electrical Turn OFF or remove the post-installed electrical
components, so that they do not affect the components, so that they do not affect the
inspection or the operation. inspection or the operation.
Structural components inspection Structural components inspection

• Check the power window fuses (F6). • Check the power window switch at the driver side.
If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc. After inspecting the power window circuit, operate
(blown fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause the power window switch and check that it
(harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the operates normally. If a problem is found, replace
fuse. the switch.
• Check the power window relay function. • Check the power window motor at the driver side.
Check the power window relay for abnormality. Replace the power window motor if it is defective.
Replace it if an abnormality is found.
• Check the power window switch at the driver side. Circuit inspection
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate • Check the following circuits for disconnections,
the power window switch and check that it short circuits (power supply and GND), or high
operates normally. If a problem is found, replace resistance.
the switch. If any defects are discovered, repair or replace the
circuit.
Circuit inspection - Between the driver side power window switch
• Check the following circuits for disconnections, and the power window motor
short circuits (power supply and GND), or high - Between the GND circuit and the power supply
resistance. of the power window switch
circuit. Window at the front left side does not operate
- Between the fuses (F6) and each power Prior confirmation and visual inspection
window switch
- Between the power window switch and GND
(cab)
9G-62 Cab
• Check that the fuses are normal. • Check that the fuses are normal.
If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc. If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc.
(blown fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause (blown fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause
(harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the (harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
fuse. fuse.
normal. normal.

• Check the front left side power window switch. • Check the rear power window fuse (F2).
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc.
the front left side power window switch and check (blown fuse, etc.), inspect/repair the cause
that it operates normally. If a problem is found, (harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
replace the switch. fuse.
• Check the power window switch at the driver side. • Check the rear power window relay function.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate Check the rear power window relay for
the power window switch at the driver side and abnormality. Replace it if an abnormality is found.
check that it operates normally. If a problem is
found, replace the switch. Circuit inspection
• Check the front left side power window motor. • Check the following circuits for disconnections,
Replace the power window motor if it is defective. short circuits (power supply and GND), or high
resistance.
Circuit inspection If any defects are discovered, repair or replace the
• Check the following circuits for disconnections, circuit.
short circuits (power supply and GND), or high - Between the cab junction block and the rear
resistance. power window relay
If any defects are discovered, repair or replace the - Between the rear power window relay and the
circuit. left and right rear power window switches at the
- Between the front left side power window driver side
switch and the front left side power window - Between the left and right rear power window
motor switches at the driver side and GND
- Between the driver side power window switch - Between the GND circuit and the power supply
and the front left side power window switch of the power window switch
- Between the GND circuit and the power supply
of the power window switch Right rear window does not operate
Both of the rear windows do not operate
Prior confirmation and visual inspection If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or
• Check that the battery voltage is normal. replace the battery.
If the battery voltage is not normal, recharge or • Check that the fuses are normal.
replace the battery. If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc.
fuse.
Cab 9G-63
normal. normal.

• Check the rear right side power window switch. • Check the rear left side power window switch.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate After inspecting the power window circuit, operate
the rear right side power window switch and check the rear left side power window switch and check
that it operates normally. If a problem is found, that it operates normally. If a problem is found,
replace the switch. replace the switch.
• Check the rear right side power window switch at • Check the rear left side power window switch at
the driver side. the driver side.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate After inspecting the power window circuit, operate
the rear right side power window switch at the the rear left side power window switch at the driver
driver side and check that it operates normally. If a side and check that it operates normally. If a
problem is found, replace the switch. problem is found, replace the switch.
• Check the rear right side power window motor. • Check the rear left side power window motor.
Replace the power window motor if it is defective. Replace the power window motor if it is defective.
Circuit inspection Circuit inspection

• Check the following circuits for disconnections, • Check the following circuits for disconnections,
short circuits (power supply and GND), or high short circuits (power supply and GND), or high
resistance. resistance.
If any defects are discovered, repair or replace the If any defects are discovered, repair or replace the
circuit. circuit.
- Between the rear right side power window - Between the rear left side power window switch
switch and the rear right side power window and the rear left side power window motor
motor - Between the rear left side power window switch
- Between the rear right side power window at the driver side and the rear left side power
switch at the driver side and the rear right side window switch
power window switch - Between the GND circuit and the power supply
- Between the GND circuit and the power supply of the power window switch
of the power window switch
Rear left side window does not operate

If there is an abnormality found in a fuse, etc.
fuse.
9G-64 Cab
Front Door Power Window Switch (Driver Side)

Removal
Preparation
1. Remove the power window switch.
• Remove the claws at 2 locations by lifting up
the front of the switch.
NHR vehicle
LNW89GSH000701
Except NHR vehicle
LNW79KSH000501
Installation
1. Install the power window switch.
Cab 9G-65
Front Door Power Window Switch (Passenger Side)

Removal
Preparation
• Remove the claws at 2 locations by lifting up
NHR vehicle
LNW89GSH000801
Except NHR vehicle
LNW79KSH000401
Installation
9G-66 Cab
Front Door Power Window Motor (Driver Side)

Removal Inspection
1. Remove the window regulator (2). NHR vehicle
• Refer to "Front Door Glass/Window Regulator"
in this section.
2. Remove the power window motor (1).
• Remove the 3 screws (3).
• Remove the spacer (4). (NHR vehicle only) 1 2
NHR vehicle
1
2 Terminal No.
Direction 1 2
of operation
DOWN - +
UP + -
LNW89GSH000401
Except NHR vehicle

4
3
LNW89GSH000501 3 2 1
Except NHR vehicle 6 5 4
Driver's side Passenger's side
Direction of
operation
DOWN UP UP DOWN
Terminal No.
+ - - +
1
2
3 - + + -
3
1 LNW89GSH000301
Disconnect the motor connector and apply the battery

voltage to the motor side connector terminal to inspect
the function. If any abnormality is found in the
inspection results, repair the part, or replace it with a
normal one.
LNW79GSH007501
Installation
1. Install the power window motor (1).
• Install the spacer (4). (NHR vehicle only)
• Tighten the 3 screws (3).
2. Install the window regulator (2).
in this section.
Cab 9G-67
NHR vehicle
1
2
3
LNW89GSH000501
Except NHR vehicle
3
1
LNW79GSH007501
9G-68 Cab
Front Door Power Window Motor (Passenger Side)

Removal Inspection
1. Remove the window regulator (2). NHR vehicle
in this section.
2. Remove the power window motor (1).
• Remove the spacer (4). (NHR vehicle only) 1 2
NHR vehicle
Terminal No.
Direction 1 2
of operation
DOWN - +
4 UP + -
LNW89GSH000401
Except NHR vehicle
2
3
LNW89GSH000601 3 2 1
Except NHR vehicle 6 5 4
Driver's side Passenger's side
Direction of
operation
DOWN UP UP DOWN
Terminal No.
+ - - +
1
3 - + + -
LNW89GSH000301

2
3 the function.
repair the part or replace it with a normal one.
LNW79GSH007401
Cab 9G-69
Installation
1. Install the power window motor (1).
• Install the spacer (4). (NHR vehicle only)
• Tighten the 3 screws (3).
2. Install the window regulator (2).
in this section.
NHR vehicle
2
3
LNW89GSH000601
Except NHR vehicle
2
3
LNW79GSH007401
9G-70 Cab
Rear Door ASM (High/Wide Cab)

1. Disconnect the rear door harness connector (3). 1. Mount the rear door ASM.
• Remove the 2 screws (1) and the cover (2) of • Tighten the 6 bolts.
the center pillar.
NOTE:
Use new bolts.
2. Connect the rear door harness connector.

• Mount the cover of the center pillar, and tighten
the 2 screws.
3
2
LNW79GSH006501
2. Remove the rear door ASM.

• Make alignment marks on the hinge and body.
LNW79GMH000701
Cab 9G-71
Rear Door Glass/Window Regulator (High/Wide Cab)

Components
3
2
5
4
9
8
6
LNW79GLF001801
Legend
1. Glass-Run 6. Rear Door Trim Pad
2. Window Regulator 7. Water Seal
3. Rear Door Glass 8. Rear Door Glass Plug
4. Inside Lever 9. Bracket
5. Glass-Run Rear Channel
Removal • Carefully peel it off using an utility knife, etc.

When peeling it off, be careful so as not to
1. Remove the rear door trim pad.
cause damage.
• Refer to "Rear Door Trim Pad (High Cab, Wide
4. Remove the rear door glass plug.
5. Remove 2 brackets.
2. Remove the inside lever.
• Disconnect the 2 cables of the door lock.
6. Remove the rear door glass.
3. Remove the water seal.
9G-72 Cab
• Lower the glass to a position where the b. Fit the front side corner section (B) of the glass-
mounting screws can be seen. Then, remove 2 run to the rear door panel.
screws and pull them out from the work hole at c. Fit the upper section (C) of the glass-run to the
the bottom of the door. rear door panel.
7. Remove the window regulator. d. Fit the glass-run from the rear side corner
• Remove the 4 screws and the 2 nuts, and take section (A) and the front side corner section (B)
them out from the work hole. down towards the lower side (D).
NOTE:
Do not allow any gaps to be formed at the Y - Y section.
2. Install the inner waist seal (1) and the outer waist
seal (2).
• Align and fit the rear side corner section (E) to
the glass-run.
NOTE:
Do not allow any gaps to be formed at the Z - Z section.
LNW79GSH004401

• Remove the screws (1), and then remove the
glass-run rear channel (2).
LNW79GSH004501

• Pull out the glass-run from the channel.
Installation
instructions.
1. Install the glass-run (3).
a. Fit the rear side corner section (A) of the glass-
run to the rear door panel.
Cab 9G-73
Y-Y
Y C
D
Z
Z
3
A
1
E Z-Z
2
1 2
LNW79GLF001901
3. Insert the window regulator from the work hole and

tighten it with 4 screws and 2 nuts.
4. Securely attach the water seal with butyl tape.
NOTE:
Make sure that there are no tears in the water seal.
9G-74 Cab
Rear Door Power Window Switch

Removal
Preparation
1. Remove the rear door trim pad (2).
• Refer to "Rear Door Trim Pad" in Section 9K
Exterior/Interior Trim.
2. Remove the power window switch (1).
2 3
LNW79GSH004801
Installation
2. Install the rear door trim pad.
• Refer to "Rear Door Trim Pad" in Section 9K
Exterior/Interior Trim.
Cab 9G-75
Rear Door Power Window Motor

1. Remove the window regulator (1). 1. Install the power window motor (2).
• Refer to "Rear Door Glass/Window Regulator" • Tighten the 3 screws.
in this section. 2. Install the window regulator (1).
2. Remove the power window motor (2). • Refer to "Rear Door Glass/Window Regulator"
• Remove the 3 screws. in this section.
2 2
1 1
Inspection
Terminal No.
1 2
Direction of operation
DOWN
UP
LNW89GSH001601

the function.
repair the part or replace it with a normal one.
9G-76 Cab
Engine Cover Lock ASM

Components
LNW29GLF001401
Legend
1. Engine Cover Lock 3. Reinforcement
2. Hook
1. Remove the engine cover lock. 1. Install the reinforcement.
• Remove the 2 screws. • Tighten the 2 screws.
2. Remove the hook. 2. Install the hook.
3. Remove the reinforcement. 3. Install the engine cover lock.
Cab 9G-77
Front Pillar Garnish (Standard Cab)

Removal
1. Remove the front pillar garnish (2).
• Peel off the magic tape (1) and pull the clips at
2 locations (3) towards you to remove them.
LNW29GSH003301
Installation
1. Install the front pillar garnish (2).
• Fit the clips at 2 locations (3) and firmly adhere
the magic tape (1).
LNW29GSH003301
9G-78 Cab
Cab ASM (Standard Cab)

Components
2
1 1
1
6
4
5
LNW89GLF000301
Legend
1. Cab Stay Pin, Snap Pin, Washer 4. Cab Fixing Bolt
2. Floor Panel 5. Frame Side Mounting Lever
3. Cab ASM 6. Cab Side Front Mounting Rail
Removal • Refer to "Manual Air Conditioning System" in

Section 7B Manual Air Conditioning.
1. Disconnect the heater hose.
3. Remove the fitting of the A/C pipe.
• Remove the heater hose clip (3) to disconnect
the hose from the heater & evaporator unit • Remove the A/C pipe connecting bolt (1).
ASM. (When doing so, make sure to plug the • Remove the nut (2) of the A/C pipe fixing stay.
heater hose and the heater & evaporator unit • After disconnecting each pipe, put a cap or a
ASM to prevent excessive leakage of the cover on the joint section to prevent the foreign
coolant.) matter from getting into the air conditioning
2. Drain the air conditioner refrigerant. cycle.
Cab 9G-79
3 1
2 A B
1
LNW89GSH001801 LNW79LSH000601
4. Disconnect the brake oil pipe. • Remove the anchor arm bolt (1).
5. Disconnect the clutch oil pipe. (Manual
transmission specifications) NOTE:
Remove the anchor arm bolt to remove the reactive
• Refer to "Clutch Control" in Section 5E Clutch. force of the torsion bar of the front cab mounting.
6. Disconnect the transmission control cable.
(Manual transmission specifications)
• Refer to "Gear Control Cable" in Section 5C
Manual Transmission MYY.
7. Disconnect the parking brake cable.
• Refer to "Parking Brake Lever" in Section 4D
Parking Brake.
8. Disconnect the steering shaft.
• Disconnect the steering shaft from the transfer
gear (wishbone suspension).
• Refer to "Power Steering System" in Section 6B
Power Steering.
NOTE:
Remove the inspection hole for the lower cover, and
make alignment marks on the steering shaft and
universal joint yoke.
1
LNW79LSH000701
9. Disconnect the harness connector/frame ground
bolt. 11. Disconnect the cab tilt stay.
• Remove the snap pin (1), washer (2) and pin
NOTE: (3).
The order of removal for the above operations is
arbitrary, but make sure to perform the procedures in
accordance with each repair manual.
10. Remove the anchor arm bolt for the front cab
mounting ASM.
• Measure and record the set values (A, B) of the
adjust bolt (1).
• Completely loosen the adjust bolt.
9G-80 Cab
(For reference) Adjust bolt set value when shipped
from the factory
Measurement position Set value (mm / in)
A 9 / 0.3543
1
2 B 18 / 0.7087
LNW79LSH000901
12. Remove the cab fixing bolt.

13. Remove the cab ASM.
Installation
Perform the installation in the reverse order of the A B
1
removal while paying attention to the following LNW79LSH000601
instructions.
1. Tighten the cab fixing bolt at the specified torque. Adjustment of the cab tilt operating force
Tightening torque: 82 N⋅m (8.4 kg⋅m / 61 lb⋅ft) If the cab tilt operating force needs to be adjusted in
such cases as when attaching the cab roof rack,
2. Install the anchor arm bolt of the front cab perform the following procedures.
mounting ASM. 1. Tilt up the cab.
• Tighten the anchor arm bolt (1).
CAUTION:
Tightening torque: 95 N⋅m (9.7 kg⋅m / 70 lb⋅ft) Make sure never to perform adjustment procedures
when the cab is tilted down, since the reactive force of
the torsion bar acts on the adjust bolt and nut of the
anchor arm.
2. Adjust the operating force by turning the adjust

bolt.
• Clockwise direction: The cab tilt operating force
decreases.
• Counterclockwise direction: The cab tilt
operating force becomes heavier.
1
LNW79LSH000701
• Adjust the set values of the adjust bolt to the

same values as before the removal, and tighten
the adjust bolt nut.
Cab 9G-81
(For reference) With 1 turn of the adjust bolt, the
cab tilt operating force changes by ±39 N (4kg / 8.8
lb).
LNW79GSH006601
3. Check that the tip of the adjust bolt contacts the

anchor arm end surface.
4. Tighten the adjust bolt nut.
5. Tilt the cab up and down to confirm that the
operating force is balanced.
9G-82 Cab
Cab ASM (High/Wide Cab)

Removal
Preparation 1
• Set the front wheel to the position for advancing
straight forward.
2
• Place chock blocks to the wheels.
• Remove the radiator grille and front panel.
Refer to "Radiator Grille/Front Panel (High/Wide
• Remove the front turn signal light and headlight.
Refer to "Front Turn Signal Light ASM (NLR, NMR, 3
NNR, NPR/S, NQR)" and "Headlight ASM (NLR,
NMR, NNR, NPR/S, NQR vehicle)" in Section 9A
Lighting System. 4
1. Disconnect the body harness connector.
• Disconnect the harness connector (1) for the 5
LNW79LSH000101
fog light.
4. Disconnect the heater hose.
• Remove the frame ground bolt (2).
• Remove the 2 clips (6) and the clamp (4) to
disconnect the hose from the heater &
evaporator unit ASM. (When doing so, make
sure to plug the heater hose and the heater &
evaporator unit ASM to prevent excessive
leakage of the coolant.)
5. Drain the air conditioner refrigerant.
• Refer to "Manual Air Conditioning System" in
6. Remove the fitting of the A/C pipe.
• Remove the A/C pipe connecting bolts (5).
• Remove the nut (3) of the A/C pipe fixing stay.
1 • After disconnecting each pipe, put a cap or a
cover on the joint section to prevent the foreign
2 matter from getting into the air conditioning
cycle.
LNW79LSH000201 7. Remove the brake oil pipes (1) (2).
2. Disconnect the frame harness connector. NOTE:
• Remove the 4 nuts (4), and remove the cover Be careful not to allow the brake fluid to adhere to
(3). people's bodies or the paint work.
• Disconnect the 9 harness connectors (1).
• Remove the nut (5) and remove the clip.
3. Disconnect the vacuum hose (2).
Cab 9G-83
• Refer to "Gear Control Cable" in Section 5C
5 6 Manual Transmission MYY, 5C Manual
Transmission MZZ or 5C Manual Transmission
MSB.
10. Disconnect the PTO control cable. (With PTO)
• Remove the transmission control cable from
the PTO lever.
• Refer to Section 5G1 Side Power Take-Off
MYY, 5G1 Side Power Take-Off MZZ or 5G1
Side Power Take-Off MSB.
11. Remove the anchor arm bolt for the front cab
mounting ASM. (Tilt Cab)
• Measure and record the set values (A, B) of the
adjust bolt (1).
• Completely loosen the adjust bolt.
1 2 3 4
LNW79LSH000301
8. Disconnect the parking brake cable.

a. Confirm that the chock blocks are placed to the
wheels, and then release the parking brake
lever.
b. Remove the parking brake lever cover.
c. Loosen the adjust nuts (1), and disconnect the
parking brake cable and parking brake lever
connection.
d. Remove the 2 nuts (2).
e. Remove the 2 nuts and the 2 bolts (3), and
remove the grommet and retainer (4).
A B
1
LNW79LSH000601
• Remove the anchor arm bolt (1).

1
2
NOTE:
Remove the anchor arm bolt to remove the reactive
force of the torsion bar of the front cab mounting.
LNW79LSH001001
9. Remove the transmission control cable. (Manual

transmission specifications)
• Remove the transmission control cable from
the gear shift lever.
• Remove the fixing bolt and nut, and then
remove the grommet retainer and seal from the
floor panel.
1
LNW79LSH000701
9G-84 Cab
12. Disconnect the rear cab mounting. (Non-tilt cab)
• Refer to "Rear Cab Mounting (Standard, High
Single Cab)" and "Rear Cab Mounting (Crew
Cab)" in Section 9L Cab Mounting.
13. Disconnect the cab tilt stay. (Tilt cab)
• Tilt the cab with a hoist, etc. and hold it
securely.
CAUTION:
Use appropriate wire rope, hoist and suspension tools.
Perform work with sufficient care.
• Remove the snap pin (1), washer (2) and then

the pin (3).
LNW79LSH000801
1 15. Disconnect the steering shaft.

2 • Disconnect the steering shaft from the power
steering unit (leaf rigid) or transfer gear
(wishbone suspension).
• Refer to "Power Steering System" in Section 6B
3
Power Steering.
NOTE:
In accordance with the work contents, remove the
inspection hole for the lower cover of the steering
column, and make alignment marks on the steering
shaft and universal joint yoke.
LNW79LSH000901 16. Remove the clutch oil pipe. (Manual transmission
14. Remove the cab mounting bolts. specifications)
• Tilt the cab with a hoist, etc. and hold it • Refer to "Clutch Control" in Section 5E Clutch
securely. MYY, 5E Clutch MZZ or 5E Clutch MSB.
CAUTION: NOTE:
Use appropriate wire rope, hoist and suspension tools. Be careful not to allow the clutch fluid to adhere to
Perform work with sufficient care. people's bodies or the paint work.
• Remove only the 2 bolts at the rear side of the 17. Remove the cab.
front cab mounting ASM. • Remove the header tray.
• Remove the door opening finisher.
• Securely hold the cab with a hoist and
suspension tools.
CAUTION:
• Remove the 4 bolts at the front side of the front

cab mounting ASM.
Cab 9G-85
NOTE:
Be careful not to allow the clutch fluid to adhere to
people's bodies or the paint work.
3. Connect the steering shaft.

• Line up the alignment marks that were made
during removal, and install the steering shaft.
• Tighten the key bolt.
NOTE:
Refer to Section 6B Power Steering for information on
connecting the steering shaft universal joint section,
and install it firmly.
4. Install the cab mounting bolt.

securely.
LNW79LSH000501
CAUTION:
Installation Perform work with sufficient care.
1. Install the cab. • Tighten the 2 bolts at the rear side of the front
• Use suspension tools and a hoist to install the cab mounting ASM.
cab.
CAUTION:
• Tighten the 4 bolts at the front side of the front

cab mounting ASM.
LNW79LSH000801
5. Install the cab tilt stay. (Tilt cab)

securely.
CAUTION:
LNW79LSH000501
• Install the header tray. • Align the cab tilt stay (5) with the cab stay upper
• Install the door opening finisher. bracket (3) and insert the pin (4).
2. Install the clutch oil pipe. (Manual transmission • Install the washer (2) and snap pin (1).
specifications)
• Refer to "Clutch Control" in Section 5E Clutch
MYY, 5E Clutch MZZ or 5E Clutch MSB.
9G-86 Cab
3
2
1
5 A B
1
LNW79LSH001201 LNW79LSH000601
6. Connect to the rear cab mounting. (Non-tilt cab) 8. Connect the transmission control cable. (Manual
• Refer to "Rear Cab Mounting (Standard, High transmission specifications)
Single Cab)" and "Rear Cab Mounting (Crew • Refer to "Gear Control Cable" in Section 5C
Cab)" in Section 9L Cab Mounting. Manual Transmission MYY, 5C Manual
7. Install the anchor arm bolt of the front cab Transmission MZZ or 5C Manual Transmission
mounting ASM. (Tilt cab) MSB.
• Tighten the anchor arm bolt (1). 9. Connect the PTO control cable. (With PTO)
• Refer to Section 5G1 Side Power Take-Off
Tightening torque: 95 N⋅m (9.7 kg⋅m / 70 lb⋅ft) MYY, 5G1 Side Power Take-Off MZZ or 5G1
Side Power Take-Off MSB.
10. Connect the parking brake cable.
a. Connect the parking brake cable to the parking
brake lever and install the adjust bolt nuts (1).
b. Tighten the 2 nuts (2).
c. Install the grommet and retainer (4) and tighten
the 2 nuts and the 2 bolts (3).
d. Install the parking brake lever cover.
NOTE:
Refer to "Parking Brake Lever" in Section 4D Parking
Brake for information on adjusting the parking brake
cable.
1
LNW79LSH000701
• Adjust the set values of the adjust bolt (1) to the

same values as before the removal, and tighten
the adjust bolt nut.
(For reference) Adjust bolt set value when shipped
from the factory
Measurement position Set value (mm / in)
A 9 / 0.3543
B 18 / 0.7087
Cab 9G-87
2
1
3 3
4
4
5
LNW79LSH001001 LNW79LSH000101
11. Install the brake oil pipes (1)(2). 17. Connect the body harness connector.
• Connect the harness connector (1) for the fog
NOTE: light.
Be careful not to allow the brake fluid to adhere to
people's bodies or the paint work. • Tighten the frame ground bolt (2).
12. Connect the air conditioner flexible hose.

• Connect the connector section and tighten the
bolts (5).
• Install the clamps at 2 locations (3).
13. Fill the air conditioner refrigerant.
• Refer to "Manual Air Conditioning System" in
14. Connect the heater hose.
• Install 2 clips (6) and the clamp (4).
5 6
1
LNW79LSH000201
Adjustment of the cab tilt operating force

If the cab tilt operating force needs to be adjusted in
such cases as when attaching the cab roof rack,
perform the following procedures.
1. Tilt up the cab.
CAUTION:
Make sure never to perform adjustment procedures
1 2 3 4 when the cab is tilted down, since the reactive force of
LNW79LSH000301 the torsion bar acts on the adjust bolt and nut of the
anchor arm.
15. Connect the frame harness connector.
• Connect 9 harness connectors (1). 2. Adjust the operating force by turning the adjust
• Install the clip and tighten the nut (5). bolt.
• Mount the cover (3) and tighten the 4 nuts (4). • Clockwise direction: The cab tilt operating force
16. Connect the vacuum hose (2). decreases.
9G-88 Cab
• Counterclockwise direction: The cab tilt
operating force becomes heavier.
(For reference) With 1 turn of the adjust bolt, the
cab tilt operating force changes by ±39 N (4kg / 8.8
lb).
LNW79GSH006601
3. Check that the tip of the adjust bolt contacts the

anchor arm end surface.
4. Tighten the adjust bolt nut.
5. Tilt the cab up and down to confirm that the
operating force is balanced.
Seats 9H-1

Seats
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Driver Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-2
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-2
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-3
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-3
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-3
Driver Suspension Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-4
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-4
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-5
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-5
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-5
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-5
Passenger Seat, Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-6
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-6
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-6
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-7
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-7
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-7
Rear Seat (Folding Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-8
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-8
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-8
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-8
Rear Seat (Fixed Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-9
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-9
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-9
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9H-9
9H-2 Seats
Driver Seat
Components
11
C
4
D
B
10 9 6
7
C
B
D
A
8
LNW79HLF000101
Legend
1. Seat back ASM 7. Seat ASM
2. Trim cover 8. Seat slide adjuster
3. Nut 9. Reclining cover
4. Trim cover 10. Reclining knob
5. Seat cushion ASM 11. Reclining adjuster ASM
6. Buckle side seat belt
Seats 9H-3
1. Disconnect the harness connector (seat belt 1. Install the seat slide adjuster to the seat cushion
reminder warning light). ASM.
2. Remove the seat ASM. • Tighten the 4 bolts.
Standard Cab 2. Install the seat ASM.
• Slide the seat ASM forward and remove the 2 Standard Cab
nuts at the rear side. • Slide the seat ASM backward and tighten the 2
• Slide the seat ASM backward and remove the 2 bolts (M8 bolt) at the front side.
bolts at the front side.
Tightening torque: 24 N⋅m (2.4 kg⋅m/17 lb⋅ft)
High cab, Wide cab
• Slide the seat ASM forward and tighten the 2
• Slide the seat ASM forward and remove the
nuts at the rear side.
bolt and nut at the rear side.
• Slide the seat ASM backward and remove the 2 Tightening torque: 24 N⋅m (2.4 kg⋅m/17 lb⋅ft)
bolts at the front side. High cab, Wide cab
3. Remove the seat slide adjuster from the seat ASM. • Slide the seat ASM backward and tighten the 2
bolts (M10 bolt) at the front side.
• Slide the seat ASM forward and tighten the bolt
Disassembly and nut at the rear side.
1. Remove the reclining knob.
3. Connect the harness connector (seat belt reminder
2. Remove the reclining cover. warning light).
3. Remove the seat back ASM.
• Remove the 2 bolts and 1 nut.
4. Remove the reclining adjuster ASM.
Reassembly
1. Install the reclining adjuster ASM.
2. Install the seat back ASM.
• Tighten the 2 bolts and 1 nut.
3. Install the reclining cover.
• Tighten the 1 screw.
4. Install the reclining knob.
9H-4 Seats
Driver Suspension Seat

Components
3
11
D
B
6
10 9
A
7
13
D A 12
LNW89HLF000101
Legend
1. Seat back ASM 8. Seat slide adjuster
2. Trim cover 9. Reclining cover
3. Nut 10. Reclining knob
4. Seat cushion ASM 11. Reclining adjuster ASM
5. Trim cover 12. Suspension ASM
6. Buckle side seat belt 13. Tether bracket
7. Seat ASM
Seats 9H-5
1. Disconnect the harness connector (seat belt 1. Install the suspension ASM to the floor.
reminder warning light). • Tighten the 2 bolts at the front side.
2. Remove the seat ASM from the suspension ASM. • Tighten the bolt and nut at the rear side.
• Slide the seat ASM forward and remove the 2
2. Install the seat slide adjuster to the seat cushion
• Slide the seat ASM backward and remove the 2
ASM.
• Remove the bracket for tether belt from rear
inner stud bolt. 3. Install the seat ASM to the suspension ASM.
• Install the bracket for tether belt to the rear
NOTE: inner stud bolt.
As the tether bracket and seat are tightened together,
remove the nut first and remove the tether bracket from NOTE:
the stud bolt. Then remove the seat ASM from the Install the seat ASM to the suspension ASM, and then
suspension ASM. install the tether bracket to the stud bolt and tighten
both together with the nut.
3. Remove the seat slide adjuster from the seat ASM.
• Remove the 4 bolts. • Slide the seat ASM backward and tighten the 2
4. Remove the suspension ASM from the floor.
• Slide the seat ASM forward and tighten the 2
• Remove the bolt and nut at the rear side.
• Remove the 2 bolts at the front side.
4. Connect the harness connector (seat belt reminder
Disassembly warning light).
1. Remove the reclining knob.
2. Remove the reclining cover.
3. Remove the seat back ASM.
• Remove the 2 bolts and 1 nut.
Reassembly
2. Install the seat back ASM.
• Tighten the 2 bolts and 1 nut.
3. Install the reclining cover.
4. Install the reclining knob.
9H-6 Seats
Passenger Seat, Center Seat

Components
3
2
4
1
7
LNW79HLF000201
Legend
1. Reclining adjuster ASM (seat for 3 persons) 5. Hinge bracket
2. Center seat back (seat for 3 persons) 6. Reclining adjuster ASM
3. Upper console (seat for 3 persons) 7. Passenger seat cushion ASM
4. Passenger seat back
Removal 3. Remove the passenger seat back ASM.

1. Remove the passenger seat cushion ASM. • Remove the 2 bolts and remove the hinge
bracket.
• Lift up the seat cushion and remove the clips at
4 locations (seat for 2 persons) or 5 locations • Remove the 2 bolts, together with the reclining
(seat for 3 persons). adjuster ASM.
2. Remove the center seat back ASM. (seat for 3
persons)
• Remove the 2 bolts, together with the reclining
adjuster ASM.
Seats 9H-7
Disassembly
Disassembly of the center seat back ASM (seat for
3 persons)
2. Remove the upper console.
• Remove the 3 screws (vehicles other than wide
cab) or the 4 screws (wide cab).
Disassembly of the passenger seat back ASM

B
A
Reassembly
Reassembly of the center seat back ASM (seat for 3 E
persons) C
D
1. Install the upper console.
• Tighten the 3 screws (vehicles other than wide
cab) or the 4 screws (wide cab).
Reassembly of the passenger seat back ASM

LNW79HMH000101
Installation
1. Install the passenger seat back ASM.
• Tighten the 2 bolts of the reclining adjuster
ASM.
• Install the hinge bracket and tighten the 2 bolts.
2. Install the center seat back ASM. (seat for 3
persons)
• Tighten the 2 bolts of the reclining adjuster
ASM.
3. Install the seat cushion ASM.
• Install clips at 4 locations (seat for 2 persons) or
5 locations (seat for 3 persons) to the body
while paying attention to the installation
orientation.
• Clip the seat cushion in the order (A - E) shown
in the diagram.
9H-8 Seats
Rear Seat (Folding Type)

Components
1
b
17 2
b
3
4
16
5
6
10
14 7
15
a
13 8
9
12 11 10
a
LNW79HMF000401
Legend
1. Rear seat ASM 10. Nylon washer
2. Hook 11. Washer
3. Rear seat back ASM 12. Cap nut
4. Fixing band 13. Rear seat link ASM
5. Rear seat cushion ASM 14. Pin
6. Clip 15. Seat back / Cushion fixing screw
7. Spring 16. Rear seat ASM fixing bolt
8. Lock lever 17. Headrest
9. Rear seat cushion stay
Removal • Remove the left and right screws (15) and

remove the seat back from the seat cushion at
1. Remove the rear seat ASM.
2 locations.
• Remove the 2 rear seat ASM fixing bolts (16)
and remove the rear seat back from the hook.
2. Remove the rear seat link ASM. Installation
• Remove the 2 locking nuts (12) at the front and Perform the installation in the reverse order of the
the rear. removal while paying attention to the following
3. Remove the rear seat cushion stay. instructions.
• Remove the left and right springs, and remove 1. Securely tighten the rear seat ASM at the specified
the clip to pull out the pin. bolt (with Loctite applied).
4. Remove the seat back/cushion fixing screw. Tightening torque: 20 N⋅m (2.0 kg⋅m/14 lb⋅ft)
Seats 9H-9
Rear Seat (Fixed Type)

Components
2
1
LNW79HMF000501
Legend
1. Rear seat cushion ASM 3. Bolt
2. Rear seat back ASM 4. Headrest
Removal
1. Remove the rear seat cushion ASM.
2. Remove the rear seat back ASM.
Installation
1. Install the rear seat back ASM.
• Tighten it with the 4 specified bolts (with Loctite
applied).
2. Install the rear seat cushion ASM.
MEMO
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
Security and Lock 9I-1

Security and Lock
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Immobilizer Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-2 Door Lock ASM, Outside Handle(Crew Cab) . . . 9I-55
Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-2 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-55
Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-4 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-55
Trouble diagnosis using the scan tool . . . . . . . . 9I-5 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-56
Diagnostic System Check - Immobilizer Steering Lock Barrel ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-58
Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-7 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-58
Scan Tool Data List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-10 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-58
Scan Tool Does Not Power Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-12 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-59
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with
Keyword Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-13
Lost Communication with The Immobilizer
Control Unit (ICU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-17
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List . . . . . . . . 9I-19
DTC B0001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-20
DTC B0002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-21
DTC B0003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-22
DTC B0004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-24
DTC B0007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-25
DTC B0008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-26
DTC B0009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-27
DTC B0010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-28
DTC B0012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-30
DTC B0013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-31
DTC B0014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-32
Immobilizer Control Unit ＆ Programming. . . . . . 9I-33
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-33
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-33
Programming Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-33
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-36
Special Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-39
Auto Door Lock，Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . 9I-40
Description of Function and Operation. . . . . . . 9I-40
Registration of the remote controller key . . . . . 9I-42
Functional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-43
Remote Controller Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-47
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-47
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-47
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-47
Door Lock ASM(Standard Cab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-48
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-48
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-48
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-49
Outside Handle(Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-50
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-50
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-50
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-51
Door Lock ASM, Outside Handle
(High Cab, Wide Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-52
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-52
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-52
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I-54
9I-2 Security and Lock
Immobilizer Control System

Description and Operation
Immobilizer System Description
The immobilizer controls engine starting along with the
engine control module (ECM). The main system
components are the ICU, the ECM and the transponder
key. While this system is activated, the ECM controls
the fuel injection system and the starter cut relay in
order to fail to engine running.
Transponder key ICU ECM
Engine
control
CAN
communication
LNW89ISF000101
1. When the ignition switch is ON, the ICU begins

authentication of the transponder key through the
antenna coil around the steering lock. The ICU
transmits a specific request signal to the
transponder key and the transponder key sends
back a response signal to the ICU. Both
communication signals are carried out via antenna
coil.
2. After the transponder key authentication is
completed, the ICU begins authentication of the
ECM. The ECM transmits a specific request signal
to the ICU and the ICU sends back a response
signal to the ECM. Both communication signals
are carried out via a controller area network (CAN)
communication bus.
3. After the ECM authentication is completed, the
ECM enables engine running.

Immobilizer System component Description Transponder Key
Immobilizer Control Unit (ICU)
LNW79ISH001001
LNW79ISH000901 Legend
Legend 1. Transponder chip
1. Antenna coil
The transponder key accommodates a transponder
The ICU is installed to the steering lock. The ICU chip in the grip position. The transponder keys have no
controls the immobilizer system by authentication of the conventional power supply. The transponder chip is
transponder key and the ECM. The antenna coil is a energized via a radio wave supplied from an antenna
part of the ICU and it is located around steering key coil fitted around the steering lock cylinder. Only
lock cylinder. The antenna coil is energized when the transponder key that is correctly programmed key is
ICU is performing an authentication of the transponder possible to engine run. Maximum five transponder keys
key. can be provided by additional programming.
Engine Control Module (ECM)
-----------------------
-----------------------------------
-----------------------------------
----------------------------
------
------
CAUTION
----------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
------ ------
----------------------------------------------------
------------------ ------------------ -----------------------------------------------
LNW76ESH001001
The ECM mainly controls the engine control and also

exchanges a request signal and a response signal to
the ICU. If a fault occurs on immobilizer system, the
ECM sets DTC(s) and illuminates the service vehicle
soon (SVS) lamp or the malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL).

Circuit Diagram
Immobilizer
Control Unit (ICU)
120 terminator
5 CAN-High
1 120
ECM
6 CAN-Low
9
Ignition switch
8 Scan tool
Transponder key
LNW89IMF000101
ICU Connector End View

Terminal Function
layout
1 Battery voltage
2 —
3 Ground
4 —
5 CAN High
6 CAN Low
7 —
6 5 4 3 2 1 8 Keyword 2000 serial data
12 11 10 9 8 7
9 Ignition voltage
10 —
LNW79ISH002801 11 —
12 —

Trouble diagnosis using the scan tool • Multiple DTCs: When multiple DTCs are displayed
at the same time.
Operating Procedure
This situation is called as multiple DTCs.
Select Diagnostics from the main menu, then select the It occurs when multiple failures (malfunctions)
current model year(s), vehicle type(s) and system for occur at the same time. Multiple DTCs for sensors
this equipment. and switches can also be displayed if multiple
sensors and switches are sharing the same power
List of main items supply or ground, and an open circuit or short
The table below indicates which functions are circuit occurs in the shared power supply or
implemented and displayed in the current scan tool ground. If multiple DTCs are displayed, DTC
software. information can be cleared by referring to the DTC
chart necessary to inspect shared power supplies
and shared ground open circuits and short circuits.
F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes
F0: Read DTC information Data Display
The states recognized and controlled by the ICU are
F1: Clear DTC information
displayed in each item.
F1: Data Display Values for the display items are listed in the reference
values for the scan tool data list.
F2: Snapshot
This menu displays the current data.
F3: Additional Functions The display is synchronized with the vehicle and
machine statuses.
F0: Reset Immobilizer
• When a menu of the data display cannot be
F1: Reset Engine Control Module selected:
F2: Erase Transponder Keys A failure has occurred in the wiring between the
ICU and the DLC.
F3: Read ECU Identification
• When the display shows abnormal fixed values:
F4: Programming [Example] When displayed data values are fixed
and do not reflect their actual state. If the display is
F0: Program Immobilizer Functions
still fixed when attempts are made to manually
F1: Program Transponder-keys move the connector or harness, there may be
abnormalities such as a problem in the terminal
F2: Program VIN
fitting, pins that are out of alignment, or a harness
open circuit or short circuit, and it is necessary to
Menu Description conduct repairs.
Select menu items to check DTCs, data, for various • If * is displayed for the value display;
test(s) and learning etc. There is a problem in the scan tool software.
If * (asterisk) is discovered in even 1 position in the
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) data display, it is necessary to upgrade the
Reading, checking and deleting of DTC is performed. PCMCIA card.
• If DTC is detected on this menu, go to the DTC
Snapshot
chart.
DTC is the language that the person performing the To identify the cause of a malfunction, run the snapshot
diagnosis uses to communicate with the ICU of the and review the data.
vehicle. • Snapshot records the data list menu and plots
DTCs can be broadly classified into 2 categories: past graphs.
DTCs and current DTCs. • By using this mode, you can regenerate and
• Current DTC: Displays a malfunction (failure) from record the conditions of customers' complaints to
the current ignition cycle. discover errors in the data.
• Past DTC: Displays a malfunction in the previous • If you use the trigger type specifying method, the
or past ignition cycle. data of the moment when DTC is displayed can be
recorded.
• The recorded data can be replayed with a
household power supply.

Additional Functions
The ICU and ECM can be reset, and transponder keys
can be erased. Refer to Programming Guideline in this
section.
Programming
Carries out programming of the immobilizer functions
and the transponder keys. Refer to Programming
Guideline in this section.

Diagnostic System Check - Immobilizer Controls
System Check Test Description
Begin the system diagnosis with Diagnostic System The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
Check - Immobilizer Controls. The Diagnostic System diagnostic table.
Check - Immobilizer Controls will provide the following 2. Lack of communication may be because of a partial
information: or a total malfunction of the controller area network
• The identification of the control modules which (CAN) serial data circuit. The specified procedure
command the system. determines the particular condition.
6. The presence of DTCs which begin with U, indicate
• The ability of the control modules to communicate
that some other module is not communicating.
through the serial data circuit.
9. If there are other modules with DTCs set, refer to the
• The identification of any stored diagnostic trouble DTC list. The DTC list directs you to the appropriate
codes (DTCs) and the their statuses. diagnostic procedure.
The use of the Diagnostic System Check - Immobilizer Important:
Controls will identify the correct procedure for
• DO NOT perform this diagnostic if there is not an
diagnosing the system and where the procedure is
immobilizer system concern, unless another
located.
procedure directs you to this diagnostic.
Description • Before you proceed with diagnosis, search for
applicable service bulletins.
The Diagnostic System Check - Immobilizer Controls is
an organized approach to identifying a condition that is • Unless a diagnostic procedure instructs you, DO
created by a malfunction in the electronic immobilizer NOT clear the DTCs.
control system. The Diagnostic System Check must be • Ensure the battery has a full charge.
the starting point for any immobilizer system concern. • Ensure the battery cables (+) (-) are clean and
The Diagnostic System Check directs the service tight.
technician to the next logical step in order to diagnose • Ensure the ICU ground is clean, tight, and in the
the concern. Understanding and correctly using the correct location.
diagnostic table reduces diagnostic time, and prevents
the replacement of good parts. • Ensure the ICU harness connector is clean and
correctly connected.
• Ensure the ICU terminals are clean and correctly
mating.
• Ensure the immobilizer security information is
correctly programmed into the ICU and ECM.
• Ensure the ICU is correctly installed to the steering
lock.
• Ensure objects does not block transponder key in
the steering lock.
• Ensure another transponder key is not attached to
the key ring.
Diagnostic System Check - Immobilizer Controls (Euro 4 specification)
Step Action Value(s) Yes No

Install a scan tool.
1 — Go to Scan Tool
Does the scan tool turn ON? Go to Step 2 Does Not Power Up
1. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
2. Attempt to establish communication with the
ICU. Go to Scan Tool
2 —
Does Not
Does the scan tool communicate with all the listed Communicate with
control modules? Go to Step 3 Keyword Device
Attempt to establish communication with the ECM. Go to Scan Tool
Does Not
3 control modules? —
CAN Device in
Section 1A Engine
Go to Step 4 Control System

Observe the Ignition Status parameter on the
immobilizer data display function.
4 Does the scan tool indicate ON when the ignition —
switch is ON and OFF when the ignition switch is
OFF? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5
Repair the open circuit or high resistance between
the Meter (10A) fuse and the ICU (pin 9 of B88).
5 Check Meter (10A) fuse first. —
Did you complete the repair? Go to Step 6 —

Select the DTC display function for the following
control modules:
•Immobilizer control unit (ICU)
•Engine control module (ECM)
•Transmission control module (TCM) (smoother
6 only) —
•HSA control unit (If so equipped)
•SRS control unit (If so equipped)
•Body control module (BCM) (If so equipped)
Does the scan tool display any DTCs? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 13

Does the scan tool displays ICU DTC B0001? Go to Applicable
7 —
DTC Go to Step 8
Does the scan tool displays ICU DTCs B0002 or Go to Applicable
8 —
B0012? DTC Go to Step 9
Does the scan tool displays ICU a current DTCs? Go to Applicable
9 —
DTC Go to Step 10
Is there any other code in any controller that has Go to Applicable
10 —
not been diagnosed? DTC Go to Step 11
Is the customer's concern with the engine? Go to Diagnostic
System Check -
11 — Engine Controls in
Section 1A Engine
Control System Go to Step 12
Is the customer's concern with the transmission? Go to Diagnostic
System Check -
Transmission
12 —
Controls in Section
5A Transmission
Attempt to crank the engine. Problem is relating
to starting system.
13 Does the engine crank? — Refer to Starting
System in Section
Go to Step 14 1E Engine Electrical
Attempt to start the engine. Go to Engine
Cranks but Does
14 Does the engine start and idle? — Not Run in Section
1A Engine Control
System OK System

Diagnostic System Check - Immobilizer Controls (Except Euro 4 specification)

Install a scan tool.
1 — Go to Scan Tool
Does the scan tool turn ON? Go to Step 2 Does Not Power Up
listed control modules.
• Immobilizer control unit (ICU)
• Engine control module (ECM)
2 • HSA control unit (If so equipped) —
• SRS control unit (If so equipped)

• BCM (If so equipped) Go to Scan Tool
Does Not
control modules? Go to Step 3 Keyword Device
Observe the Ignition Status parameter on the
immobilizer data display function.
3 Does the scan tool indicate ON when the ignition —
switch is ON and OFF when the ignition switch is
OFF? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
the Meter (10A) fuse and the ICU (pin 9 of B88).
4 Check Meter (10A) fuse first. —

Select the DTC display function for the following
control modules:
•ICU
•ECM
5 •HSA control unit (If so equipped) —
•SRS control unit (If so equipped)
•BCM (If so equipped)
Does the scan tool display any DTCs? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 12

Does the scan tool displays ICU DTC B0001? Go to Applicable
6 —
DTC Go to Step 7
Does the scan tool displays ICU DTCs B0002 or Go to Applicable
7 —
B0012? DTC Go to Step 8
Does the scan tool displays ICU a current DTCs? Go to Applicable
8 —
DTC Go to Step 9
Is there any other code in any controller that has Go to Applicable
9 —
not been diagnosed? DTC Go to Step 10
Is the customer's concern with the engine? Go to Diagnostic
System Check -
Section 1A Engine
Attempt to crank the engine. Problem is relating
to starting system.
11 Does the engine crank? — Refer to starting
system in Section
Go to Step 12 1E Engine Electrical
Attempt to start the engine. Go to Engine
Cranks but Does
12 Does the engine start and idle? — Not Run in Section
1A Engine Control
System OK System

Scan Tool Data List • On-board diagnostics are functioning properly.
Important: A scan tool that displays faulty data should
The Immobilizer Scan Tool Data List contains all
not be used. Use of a faulty scan tool can result in
immobilizer related parameters that are available on
misdiagnosis and unnecessary parts replacement.
the scan tool. Use the Immobilizer Scan Tool Data List
Only the parameters listed below are referenced in this
only after the following is determined:
service manual for use in diagnosis.
• The Immobilizer Controls - Diagnostic System
Check is completed.
Scan Tool Parameter Units Displayed Typical Data Value

Operating Conditions: Ignition switch ON/ Two Transponder keys programmed
Ignition Status On/ Off On
Transponder-Key Transp. Key 1 to 5/ Invalid/ Not Transponder Key 1 or 2
Programmed Key/ No Transponder
Key
Transponder Status Correct TP-Key/ Wrong TP-Key/ Correct TP-Key
New TP-Key/ No TP Detected
Transponder-Key 1 Status Programmed/ Not Programmed Programmed
Transponder-Key 2 Status Programmed/ Not Programmed Programmed
Transponder-Key 3 Status Programmed/ Not Programmed Not Programmed
Security Code Programmed Yes/ No Yes
Security Wait Time Inactive/ Time (hour: minute: Inactive
second)
While Security Lock Inactive/ Active Inactive
Scan Tool Data Definitions Transponder Status

This information assists in resolving problems with the This parameter displays the state of the transponder
immobilizer. First, perform the immobilizer system key in the steering lock. Correct TP-Key indicates a
check. The system check is performed to check that correctly programmed transponder key is used. Wrong
the system is working properly. TP-Key indicates an incorrect key is in used. New TP-
Key indicates a non-programmed new transponder key
Ignition Status is used. No TP Detected indicates ICU does not
This parameter displays the state of the ignition switch recognize a transponder key.
input to the ICU. On indicates the ignition switch is
turned ON position. Transponder-Key 1 to 5 Status
This parameter displays the state of number of
Transponder-Key programmed transponder key(s). Programmed
This parameter displays the state of the transponder indicates transponder key 1 to 5 is correctly
key in the steering lock. Transponder Key 1 to 5 programmed. The number 1 to 5 indicates programmed
indicates a correctly programmed transponder key is order.
used. The number 1 to 5 indicates which transponder
key is used. Invalid indicates an incorrect key is in Security Code Programmed
used. Not Programmed Key indicates a non- This parameter displays the state of the security code
programmed new transponder key is used. No programming. Yes indicates a security code is correctly
Transponder Key indicates ICU does not recognize a programmed. No indicates a security code is not
transponder key. programmed.

Security Wait Time
This parameter displays the security wait time length in
the ICU. Inactive indicates not in security wait time.
Time indicates under security wait time. This wait time
stage will prevent any further attempts to enter the
security code until the wait time has elapsed. The wait
time will increase each time an incorrect security code
is entered. Note that this parameter is not count
downed. It keeps displaying the same time until that
wait time has elapsed. The ignition switch must be kept
at ON position during the wait time period.
While Security Lock
This parameter displays the state of the security wait
time. Inactive indicates not in security wait time. Active
indicates under security wait time.

Scan Tool Does Not Power Up • Common signal ground at terminal 5.
The scan tool will power up with the ignition OFF. Some
Circuit Description
modules however, will not communicate unless the
The data link connector (DLC) is a standardized 16- ignition is ON.
cavity connector. Connector design and location is
dictated by an industry wide standard, and is required Wiring Reference: Immobilizer Control Unit (ICU) in
to provide the following: Section 9D Wiring Diagram
• Scan tool power battery positive voltage at Connector End View Reference: ICU Connector End
terminal 16. View
• Scan tool power ground at terminal 4.
Circuit/ System Testing Scan Tool Does Not Power Up

Important: Make sure the scan tool and 24 volts
adapter works properly on another vehicle before
using this chart.
1 1. Turn OFF the ignition. —

2. Inspect the Room Lamp, Audio (15A) fuse in
the cabin fuse block.
Is the Room Lamp, Audio (15A) fuse open? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3

Replace the Room Lamp, Audio (15A) fuse. If the
fuse continues to open, repair the short to ground
on one of the circuits that is fed by the Room Lamp,
2 Audio (15A) fuse or replace the shorted attached —
component.

1. Check each circuit at the data link connector
(DLC) (B31) for a backed out, spread or
missing terminal.
3 —
2. Repair the terminal as necessary.
Did you find and complete the repair? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 4

Connect a test lamp between the +B circuit (pin 16
4 of B31) at the DLC and a known good ground. —
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5
Repair the open in the battery voltage circuit to the
5 DLC. —
1. Test each ground circuit at the DLC (pins 4
and 5 of B31) for an open circuit or high
resistance.
6 2. Repair the circuit(s), clean or tighten ground —
as necessary.
Go to Intermittent
Did you find and correct the condition? Go to Step 7 Conditions
1. Connect the scan tool to the DLC.
7 2. Attempt to turn ON the scan tool. —
Does the scan tool ON? System OK Go to Step 1

Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Diagnostic Aids
Keyword Device The following conditions will cause a loss of keyword
Circuit Description serial data communication between the ECM and TCM
or between the scan tool and any control module:
The engine contorl module (ECM), the transmission
• A keyword serial data circuit open
control module (TCM), the hill start aid (HSA) control
unit, the supplemental restraint system (SRS) control • A keyword serial data circuit shorted to ground
unit and the immobilizer control unit (ICU) • A keyword serial data circuit shorted to voltage
communicates with the scan tool over the Keyword • An internal condition within a module or connector
serial data link. However, the ECM, the electric on the keyword serial data circuit, that causes a
hydraulic control unit (EHCU), the TCM, the data short to voltage or ground to the keyword serial
recording module (DRM) and the instrument panel (IP) data circuit
cluster communicate with each other over the controller
area network (CAN) link. The CAN link is not used for Wiring Reference: Immobilizer Control Unit (ICU) in
communication with the scan tool and is shared only Section 9D Wiring Diagram
among each module.
Connector End View Reference: ICU Connector End
View
Circuit/ System Testing Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Keyword Device

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Go to Diagnostic
Immobilizer Controls? System Check -
1 —
Immobilizer
Go to Step 2 Controls
1. Install a scan tool.
listed control modules.
• Immobilizer control unit (ICU)
• Engine control module (ECM)
• Transmission control module (TCM)
2 —
(smoother only)
• HSA control unit (If so equipped)
• SRS control unit (If so equipped)
• Body control module (BCM) (If so
equipped)
Does the scan tool communicate with any of the

listed control modules? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 10
Does the scan tool communicate with the ICU? Go to Lost
3 — Communication with
Go to Step 4 The ICU
Does the scan tool communicate with the ECM? Go to Diagnostic
System Check -
Section 1A Engine
Notice: If no Smoother transmission is installed, Go to Diagnostic
skip to Step 6. System Check -
Transmission
5 Does the scan tool communicate with the TCM? —
Controls in Section
5A Transmission
Notice: If no HSA system is installed, skip to Step
7. Go to Diagnostic
6 — System Check -
Does the scan tool communicate with the HSA HSA Controls in
control unit? Go to Step 7 Section 4E HSA

Notice: If no SRS airbag system is installed, skip to Go to Diagnostic
Step 8. System Check -
7 — SRS Controls in
Does the scan tool communicate with the SRS Section 8C SRS
control unit? Go to Step 8 Control System
Notice: If no BCM is installed, skip to Step 9. Go to Diagnostic
System Check -
8 Does the scan tool communicate with the BCM? —
BCM in Section 10B
Go to Step 9 Vehicle Control
Test the keyword serial data circuit for an
intermittently short to ground or intermittently short
to voltage. Then, test the keyword serial data circuit
9 for an intermittently open (based on which control —
module did not communicate) at the connection in
the circuit.
Did you find and correct the condition? Go to Step 24 System OK

1. Inspect for an intermittent, for a poor
connection and for corrosion at the data link
connector (DLC) (pin 7 of B31)
10 —
2. Repair the connection(s) as necessary.
Did you find and correct the condition? Go to Step 24 Go to Step 11

1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the ICU harness connector.
11 4. Attempt to communicate with the ECM, TCM, —
HSA control unit, SRS control unit and BCM .
Does the scan tool communicate with the ECM,

TCM, HSA control unit, SRS control unit and BCM? Go to Step 18 Go to Step 12
2. Reconnect the ICU harness connector.
3. Disconnect the ECM harness connectors.
12 —
5. Attempt to communicate with the ICU, TCM,
HSA control unit, SRS control unit and BCM.
Does the scan tool communicate with the ICU,

TCM, HSA control unit, SRS control unit and BCM? Go to Step 19 Go to Step 13
Notice: If no Smoother transmission is installed,
skip to Step 14.
2. Reconnect the ICU harness connector if
disconnected.
3. Reconnect the ECM harness connectors if
13 disconnected. —
4. Disconnect the TCM harness connectors.
6. Attempt to communicate with the ICU, ECM,
SRS control unit and BCM.

ECM, SRS control unit and BCM? Go to Step 20 Go to Step 14

Notice: If no HSA system is installed, skip to Step
15.
disconnected.
disconnected.
14 4. Disconnect the HSA control unit harness —
connector.
SRS control unit and BCM.

ECM, SRS control unit and BCM? Go to Step 21 Go to Step 15
Notice: If no SRS airbag system is installed, skip to
Step 16.
disconnected.
disconnected.
4. Reconnect the TCM harness connectors if
disconnected.
15 5. Reconnect the HSA control unit harness —
connector if disconnected.
6. Disconnect the SRS control unit harness
connector.
TCM, HSA control unit and BCM.

ECM, TCM, HSA control unit and BCM? Go to Step 22 Go to Step 16
Notice: If no BCM is installed, skip to Step 17.
disconnected.
disconnected.
4. Reconnect the TCM harness connectors if
disconnected.
5. Reconnect the HSA control unit harness
16 connector if disconnected. —
6. Reconnect the SRS control unit harness
connector if disconnected.
7. Disconnect the BCM harness connector.
TCM, HSA control unit and SRS control unit.

ECM, TCM, HSA control unit and SRS control unit? Go to Step 23 Go to Step 17

Repair the open circuit, short to ground or short to
voltage on the keyword serial data circuit between
17 the DLC and ICU, ECM, TCM, HSA control unit, —
SRS control unit or BCM.

Important: Replacement ICU must be
programmed.
18 Replace the ICU. Refer to ICU Replacement. —
Did you complete the replacement? Go to Step 24 —

Important: Replacement ECM must be
programmed and learned.
19 Replace the ECM. Refer to ECM Replacement in —
Section 1A Engine Control System.

Important: Replacement TCM must be
20 Replace the TCM. Refer to TCM Replacement in —
Section 5A Transmission Control System.

Replace the HSA control unit. Refer to HSA control
21 unit in Section 4E HSA. —
Replace the SRS control unit. Refer to SRS control
22 unit in Section 8B SRS. —
Important: Replacement BCM must be
23 Replace the BCM. Refer to BCM Replacement in —
Section 10B Vehicle Control.

Attempt to establish communication with the ICU,
ECM, TCM, HSA control unit, SRS control unit and
BCM.
24 —
ECM, TCM, HSA control unit, SRS control unit and
BCM? System OK Go to Step 2

Lost Communication with The Immobilizer Control Unit (ICU)
Circuit Description Wiring Reference: Immobilizer Control Unit (ICU) in
The engine control module (ECM), the transmission Section 9D Wiring Diagram
control module (TCM), the hill start aid (HSA) control Connector End View Reference: ICU Connector End
unit, the supplemental restraint system (SRS) control View
unit and the immobilizer control unit (ICU)
communicates with the scan tool over the Keyword
serial data link. However, the ECM, the electric
hydraulic control unit (EHCU), the TCM, the data
recording module (DRM) and the instrument panel (IP)
cluster communicate with each other over the controller
area network (CAN) link. The CAN link is not used for
communication with the scan tool and is shared only
among each module.
Circuit/ System Testing Lost Communication with The Immobilizer Control Unit (ICU)

1 —
Immobilizer
Attempt to establish communication with the ICU.
2 — Go to Intermittent
Does the scan tool communicate with the ICU? Conditions Go to Step 3
connection and for corrosion at the ICU
connector.
3 —
2. Repair the connection as necessary.

1. Check the ECU (BATT) (10A) fuse. Replace
and retest if open. If any fuse continues to
open, repair the short to ground on each
circuit fed by that fuse.
4 3. Disconnect the ICU harness connector. —

5. Connect a test lamp to ground and check for
voltage at ignition voltage supply circuit at the
ICU.
Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 7

2. Connect a DMM keyword serial data circuit
between the ICU (pin 8 of B88) and the DLC
5 (pin 7 of B31) for an open circuit or high —
resistance.
3. Repair the circuit as necessary.

connection and for corrosion at the ICU
ground circuit.
6 —
2. Clean or tighten grounds as necessary.


the ECU (BATT) (10A) fuse and the ICU (pin 1 of
7 B88). —

programmed.

2. Reconnect all previously disconnected fuse or
harness connector(s).
9 3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF. —
ICU.
Does the scan tool communicate with the ICU? System OK Go to Step 3

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
DTC DTC Descriptor Reference

B0001 Replace Electronic Control Unit (ECU) DTC B0001
B0002 Immobilizer Not Programmed DTC B0002
B0003 Transponder Key Problem DTC B0003
B0004 Immobilizer Coil Circuit DTC B0004
B0007 No Engine Request Received DTC B0007
B0008 Wrong Transponder Key DTC B0008
B0009 No Transponder Key Programmed DTC B0009
B0010 Unknown Transponder Key DTC B0010
B0012 Default Transponder Detected DTC B0012
B0013 Previously Erased Transponder DTC B0013
B0014 Secret Key Error DTC B0014

DTC B0001
Replace Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Action Taken When the DTC Sets
• The engine will fail to run if the fault occurs before
Description starting the engine.
This diagnostic applies to internal microprocessor
integrity conditions within the ICU. Condition for Clearing the DTC
• A current DTC clears once ignition cycle has
Condition for Setting the DTC occurred without the fault recurring.
• The ECM detects a faulty writing in its internal • A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
electrically erasable & programmable read only ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
memory (EEPROM). longer present.
• Use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
Circuit/ System Testing DTC B0001

1 —
Immobilizer
2. Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds.
4. Monitor the DTC Information with a scan tool.
Does the DTC fail this ignition? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4

programmed.

1. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.
4 3. Turn ON the ignition. —
Did the DTC fail this ignition? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 5

Observe the DTC Information with a scan tool.
5 —
Are there any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? Go to DTC List System OK

DTC B0002
Immobilizer Not Programmed Action Taken When the DTC Sets
The electrically erasable programmable read only
memory (EEPROM) memorizes immobilizer security Condition for Clearing the DTC
code and transponder key information. If the ICU • A current DTC clears once ignition cycle has
detects immobilizer security code is not programmed occurred without the fault recurring.
into the ICU, this DTC will set. • A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
Condition for Setting the DTC longer present.
• The ICU detects that the security code is not • Use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
programmed.
Diagnostic Aids
• Non-programmed ICU sets this DTC.

1 —
Immobilizer
Go to Diagnostic
Does the DTC fail this ignition? Go to Step 3 Aids
programmed.

4 —
3. Turn ON the ignition.

5 —

DTC B0003
Transponder Key Problem Condition for Clearing the DTC
Description occurred without the fault recurring.
When the ignition switch is ON, the ICU begins • A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
authentication of the transponder key in the steering ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
lock through the antenna coil. Once the ICU transmits a longer present.
signal, the transponder must send back a specific • Use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
response signal. If the ICU never receives a response
signal from the transponder, this DTC will set. Diagnostic Aids
Condition for Running the DTC • Electromagnetic interference may affect

intermittent condition.
• The ignition switch is ON.
• An antenna coil problem may set this DTC.
Condition for Setting the DTC • Objects that block transponder key in the steering
lock may set this DTC.
• The ICU does not receive a response signal from
the transponder key. • Another key that is attached to the key ring may
affect this DTC to set.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets • If the ignition switch has been turned ON without
transponder key this DTC sets.
starting the engine.

1 —
Immobilizer
Is DTC B0004 also set? Go to DTC B0004 Go to Step 3

1. Inspect the transponder key(s) and the ICU for
the following conditions:
• Physical damage of transponder key(s)
or ICU
• Loose of ICU harness connector
3 • Improper installation of ICU —
• Improper transponder key
• Objects such as key ring or metal that
touch transponder key or antenna coil
2. Repair the condition(s) as necessary.

Inspect all programmed transponder key while
observing the Transponder Key parameter with a
4 scan tool. —
Is there a transponder key that indicates No Go to Diagnostic
Transponder Key when ignition switch is ON? Go to Step 5 Aids
Does only specific transponder key indicate No
5 —
Transponder Key? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 7

Important: Replacement transponder key must be
programmed.
Replace the transponder key that indicates No
6 Transponder Key at Step 4. Refer to Programming —
Guidelines in this section.

programmed.

8 —

9 —

DTC B0004
Immobilizer Coil Circuit Action Taken When the DTC Sets
Circuit Description starting the engine.
An antenna coil is a part of the ICU and it is located
around steering key lock cylinder. An antenna coil is Condition for Clearing the DTC
energized when the ICU is performing an • A current DTC clears once ignition cycle has
authentication of the transponder key. If the ICU occurred without the fault recurring.
detects an open circuit or short circuit on the antenna • A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
coil circuit, this DTC will set. ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
longer present.
Condition for Running the DTC
Diagnostic Aids
Condition for Setting the DTC
• Improper installation of ICU will set this DTC.
• The ICU detects an open circuit or short circuit on
the antenna coil circuit.

1 —
Immobilizer
1. Inspect the ICU for the following conditions:
• Physical damage of ICU
2 • Improper installation of ICU —
2. Repair or replace as necessary.

programmed.


5 —

DTC B0007
No Engine Request Received Condition for Clearing the DTC
Circuit Description occurred without the fault recurring.
When the transponder key authentication is completed, • A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
the ICU begins authentication of the ECM. The ECM ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
transmits a specific request signal to the ICU and the longer present.
ICU sends back a response signal to the ECM. Both • Use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
communication signals are carried out via a controller
area network (CAN) communication bus. If the ICU Diagnostic Aids
does not detect a request signal from the ECM, this
DTC will set. • Electromagnetic interference may affect
intermittent condition.
Condition for Setting the DTC • When the ignition switch is ON within
approximately 10 seconds after the ignition switch
• The ICU does not receive a request signal from the
is OFF, this DTC is set.
ECM.
• DTC B0007 is sometime stored in ICU. It is not
Action Taken When the DTC Sets problem. After turning OFF the ignition for 30
seconds, turn ON the ignition and check status of
DTC B0007. If status of DTC B0007 is "Present"
starting the engine and ECM DTC U0167 also set
then try the following testing.
at the same time.

1 —
Immobilizer
4. Select the Engine in the system selection
2 —
menu. Go to Diagnostic
5. Attempt to communicate with the ECM via the System Check -
Engine Data table. Engine Controls in
Section 1A Engine
Does the scan tool communicate with the ECM? Go to Step 3 Control System
Monitor the ECM DTC Information with a scan tool. Go to Applicable
DTC in Section 1A
3 Does the scan tool display DTCs which a U? —
Engine Control
System Go to Step 4
Refer to Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with
4 The Keyword Device in this section. —
Did you complete the action? Go to Step 5 —
5 —

6 —

DTC B0008
Wrong Transponder Key Action Taken When the DTC Sets
• The engine will not start if the fault occurs before
When the ignition switch is ON, the ICU begins
authentication of the transponder key in the steering Condition for Clearing the DTC
lock through the antenna coil. Once the ICU transmits a • A current DTC clears once ignition cycle has
signal, the transponder must send back a specific occurred without the fault recurring.
response signal. If the ICU receives a wrong response • A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
signal from the transponder, this DTC will set. ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
longer present.
Diagnostic Aids
• If the transponder key or ICU is transferred
• The ICU receives a wrong response signal from (swapped) from another vehicle, this DTC will set.
the transponder key.

1 —
Immobilizer

Inspect all programmed transponder keys while
3 scan tool. —
Is there a transponder key that indicates Invalid Go to Diagnostic
when ignition switch is ON? Go to Step 4 Aids
Does only specific transponder key indicate
4 —
Invalid? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
programmed.
Replace the transponder key that indicates Invalid
5 at Step 3. Refer to Programming Guidelines in this —
section.

programmed.


8 —

DTC B0009
No Transponder Key Programmed Action Taken When the DTC Sets
The electrically erasable programmable read only
memory (EEPROM) memorizes immobilizer security Condition for Clearing the DTC
code and transponder key information. If the ICU • A current DTC clears once ignition cycle has
detects any transponder key is not programmed into occurred without the fault recurring.
the ICU, this DTC will set. • A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
Condition for Running the DTC longer present.
• The ignition switch is ON. • Use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
Condition for Setting the DTC Diagnostic Aids

• The ICU detects any transponder key is not • Non-programmed transponder key sets this DTC.
programmed.

1 —
Immobilizer

programmed.


5 —

DTC B0010
Unknown Transponder Key Action Taken When the DTC Sets
• The engine will not start if the fault occurs before
response signal. If the ICU receives an unknown • A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
response signal from the transponder, this DTC will set. ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
longer present.
Diagnostic Aids
• Non-programmed transponder key sets this DTC.
• The ICU receives an unknown response signal
from the transponder key.

1 —
Immobilizer
Go to Applicable
Is DTC B0009, B0012 or B0013 also set? DTC Go to Step 3
Inspect all programmed transponder keys while
3 scan tool. —
Is there a transponder key that indicates Invalid Go to Diagnostic
when ignition switch is ON? Go to Step 4 Aids
Does only specific transponder key indicate
4 —
Invalid? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 7
Program transponder key information into the ICU.
5 Refer to Programming Guidelines in this section. —
programmed.
Replace the transponder key that indicates Invalid
6 at Step 3. Refer to Programming Guidelines in this —
section.

programmed.



9 —

DTC B0012
Default Transponder Detected Action Taken When the DTC Sets
When a transponder key is replaced or added,
transponder key information must be programmed into Condition for Clearing the DTC
the ICU. If the ICU detects a default transponder key, • A current DTC clears once ignition cycle has
this DTC set. occurred without the fault recurring.
• A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
Condition for Running the DTC ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
• The ignition switch is ON. longer present.
• The ICU detects a non-programmed (new)
transponder key.

1 —
Immobilizer
Does the DTC fail this ignition? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4

Did you complete the programming? Go to Step 4 —
4 —

5 —

DTC B0013
Previously Erased Transponder Key Action Taken When the DTC Sets
response signal. If the ICU receives a response signal • A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
that was previously erased transponder key, this DTC ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
will set. longer present.
Condition for Running the DTC • Use a scan tool to clear the DTC.
• The ignition switch is ON. Diagnostic Aids
Condition for Setting the DTC • This DTC is caused by a transponder key that was
previously erased by some reason.
• The ICU detects a previously erased transponder
key.

1 —
Immobilizer
Go to Diagnostic
4 —

5 —

DTC B0014
Secret Key Error Action Taken When the DTC Sets
When the transponder key authentication is completed,
the ICU begins authentication of the ECM. The ECM Condition for Clearing the DTC
transmits a specific request signal to the ICU and the • A current DTC clears once ignition cycle has
ICU sends back a response signal to the ECM. Both occurred without the fault recurring.
communication signals are carried out via a controller • A history DTC will clear after 50 consecutive
area network (CAN) communication bus. If the ICU ignition cycles, if the condition for malfunction is no
receives a wrong request signal from the ECM, this longer present.
DTC will set.
Diagnostic Aids
• Non-programmed ECM sets this DTC.
Condition for Setting the DTC • If the ECM is transferred (swapped) from another
vehicle, this DTC will set.
• The ICU detects a wrong request signal from the
ECM.

1 —
Immobilizer
Go to Diagnostic
Program immobilizer security information into the
ECM. Refer to Programming Guidelines in this
3 section. —


5 —
Immobilizer Control Unit ＆ Programming

Removal Vehicle Security Information Card (If issued)
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the steering column cover.
3. Remove the ICU harness connector and clip from
the ICU. SAMPLE
4. Remove the ICU.
KEEP THIS SECURITY INFORMATION IN A SAFE

PLACE AWAY FROM YOUR VEHICLE
DO NOT STORE CARD IN WALLET
3
RTW7BASH000401
When performing ICU, ECM or transponder key(s)

resetting or programming functions using a scan tool,
you will be prompted to enter four digits of security
2 1
code (1). This information is found on the vehicle
MFW79ISH000201 security information card issued with the vehicle when
Legend new. If the card is unavailable, contact a distributor’s
1. Immobilizer Control Unit (ICU) service department to obtain the relevant security code.
2. Screw For new owners, distributor or dealership must provide
3. Harness clip installation position vehicle security information card that has identification
numbers of owner’s vehicle immobilizer system. This
information is very important in case of repair or
transponder key is lost. It is necessary to provide
Installation following items in your responsibility.
1. Install the ICU. • Vehicle security information card to a new owner.
2. Install the ICU harness connector and clip for the • Blank vehicle security information card it is for
ICU. reissue.
3. Install the steering column cover. • Instruction to your dealership how to use it.
4. Connect the negative battery cable. Your organization must keep security code for all
vehicles as confidential data. In case of vehicle security
information card is lost, the data can be requested from
Programming Guidelines a distributor’s service department. This request will only
Security Information be processed if accompanied by the enclosed form and
proof of ownership. Once the data is received, it can be
When performing ICU, ECM or transponder key(s) entered in a blank card and given to the customer. The
resetting or programming functions using a scan tool, unused card should be destroyed. Instructions on filling
you will be prompted to enter four digits of security out the Data Request Vehicle Security Information Card
code. This security code is issued with the vehicle as follows.
when new.
• The data requested under items 1 to 10 must be
provided completely, including the authorized
dealership number, the vehicle identification
number (VIN) and engine type/ number.
• Complete the form by entering data and signature/
authorized dealership stamp and send it along with
proof of ownership to address provided in the form.

• The requested data will be sent by fax to
dealership that made the request after your Notice: The ignition switch must be kept at ON position
organization has confirmed that the information is during the wait time period.
correct.
Transponder Key
SAMPLE
Normally two transponder keys are provided with a
Your organization name
vehicle when new. Maximum five transponder key can
To be filled out by authorized dealership: Comment, plant security
be provided by additional programming if owner
....................................................................
requests additional key(s).
1. Dealership name.......................................................... ....................................................................
2. Name of contact partner............................................. ....................................................................
3. Dealership number...................................................... .................................................................... Notice: During programming of the new transponder

4. Address.......................................................................
.....................................................................................
....................................................................
....................................................................
key(s), an authentication code is programmed into the
5.
6.
Tel:....................................Fax....................................
Name of registered keeper

....................................................................
transponder chip and it cannot be reprogrammed
7. Reason for request (please mark with cross) again. Once this programming has been performed, the
transponder keys cannot be installed in any other
- Loss by customer
- Loss by dealership
- New delivery Car Pass
- Theft
vehicle.
8. Vehicle type................................................................ ....................................................................
9. VIN................................................................................ ....................................................................
10. Engine type / No......................................................... .................................................................... Notice: Keep away another key, another transponder
Requested data (please mark with cross)
key, key number plate or other metal items from the
11. Security Code :
12. Key No. :

....................................................................
....................................................................
transponder key that is going to program. Otherwise,
13. Radio code (if lost, please supply .................................................................... transponder key(s) programming may be failed.
radio unit number)
14. CD-changer code (if lost, please ....................................................................
supply CD-changer unit number)
Important Instructions:
Only data corresponding to the delivery status of the vehicle Ex works can be Issued.
Vehicle Security Information requests will only be processed if they are filled out completely,
signed and sent to your organization along with proof of ownership (enclosure).
Information via telephone is only possible in exceptional circumstances via your service organization.
Comments form Plant Security
No signature Data / proof of owner ship incomplete,
Please complete
Data / proof of ownership missing, Illegible due to poor fax communication,
Please supply please resend
Data, signature / stamp Data, signature
(Dealership) (Plant Security)
Enclosure: Proof of ownership
RTW7BAMH000101
Security Code Other metal items

Another vehicle
The security code is required when performing ICU, transponder key
ECM or transponder key(s) resetting or programming
functions. When a scan tool requests the security code
to be entered, and an incorrect code is entered, the
ICU or ECM will go into a security wait time stage. This LNW89ISH000101
wait time stage will prevent any further attempts to
enter the security code until the wait time has elapsed.
Should a second incorrect security code be entered
after the initial wait time has elapsed, the ICU or ECM
will go into a second wait time stage. The wait time will
increase each time an incorrect code is entered. When
the correct code is entered the wait time will rest back
to its original value of 10 seconds.
• Stage 1 = 10 seconds
• Stage 2 = 10 seconds
• Stage 3 = 10 minutes
• Stage 6 = 80 minutes (1 hour 20 minutes)
• Stage 7 = 160 minutes (2 hours 40 minutes)

Transponder Key Erasing Procedure
Transponder key erasing procedure must be done Notice: When an ECM has been installed into a
whenever any of the following condition is met: vehicle, it must be security linked to the ICU using the
programming procedure. Once this linking has been
• Owner lost transponder key(s)
performed, the ECM cannot be installed in any other
• A malfunctioning transponder key replacement. vehicle, unless the security linking between both
modules have been reset using the resetting procedure
Notice: If an owner lost transponder key, currently in an ORIGINAL vehicle before transferring (swapping)
programmed transponder key(s) information must be to the complaint vehicle.
erased from an ICU memory to avoid vehicle theft.
Because information on all key(s) is erased at the same ECM Programming Procedure
time by this procedure, reprogram remaining key(s) ECM programming procedure must be done whenever
and/or program new key(s). any of the following conditions are met:
Transponder Key Programming Procedure • Diagnostic chart instructs you to program ECM
Transponder key programming Procedure must be • New ECM is installed
done whenever any of the following conditions are met: • ECM is reused that was reset in an original vehicle
• Diagnostic chart instructs you to replace
ICU & ECM Programming Procedure
transponder key(s)
• Diagnostic chart instructs you to program ICU & ECM programming procedure must be done
transponder key(s) whenever any of the following condition is met:
• Transponder keys are erased and to do • New or reused ICU and ECM are installed at the
reprogramming same time (transponder key(s) also replaced)
• Owner requests additional key(s) Notice: During programming of the new transponder
key(s), an authentication code is programmed into the
ICU Resetting Procedure
transponder chip and it cannot be reprogrammed
ICU resetting procedure. again. When replacing both ICU and ECM at the same
• Diagnostic chart instructs you to replace ICU time, a new authentication code to be programmed into
• ICU replacement without spare parts the newly installed ECM is based on information of
newly installed ICU. However, the transponder keys
Notice: When an ICU has been installed into a vehicle, cannot be reprogrammed therefore it must be replaced.
it must be security linked to the ECM using the Do not replace the ICU and the ECM at the same time
programming procedure. Once this linking has been to avoid needless transponder key(s) replacement
performed, the ICU cannot be installed in any other simultaneously unless complete damaging was
vehicle, unless the security linking between both encountered (e.g. both modules cannot be
modules have been reset using the resetting procedure communicated with a scan tool).
in an ORIGINAL vehicle before transferring (swapping)
to the complaint vehicle.
ICU Programming Procedure

ICU programming procedure must be done whenever
any of the following conditions are met:
• Diagnostic chart instructs you to program ICU
• New ICU is installed
• ICU is reused that was reset in an original vehicle
ECM Resetting Procedure

ECM resetting procedure must be done whenever any
of the following conditions are met:
• Diagnostic chart instructs you to replace ECM
• ECM replacement without spare parts

Programming 5. Reinstall a scan tool to the vehicle.
Transponder Key Erasing Procedure 6. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
1. Install a scan tool. 7. Select Diagnostics > Appropriate vehicle
identification > Body > Immobilizer > Programming
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF. > Program Transponder Keys.
3. Select Diagnostics > Appropriate vehicle 8. The on-screen displays a message "See Checking
identification > Body > Immobilizer > Additional Procedure Before Programming!", then press
Functions > Erase Transponder Keys. Confirm.
4. The on-screen displays a message "See Checking 9. Input four digits of correct security code that
Procedure Before Programming!", then press belongs to this vehicle and follow the on-screen
Confirm. instructions.
5. Input four digits of correct security code that
belongs to this vehicle and follow the on-screen Notice: An incorrect security code input causes a
instructions. security wait time.
10. Operate the ignition switch by following the on-
Notice: An incorrect security code input causes a screen instructions.
security wait time.
6. The on-screen displays a message "Caution All Notice: Keep away another key, another
Transponder Keys Will Be Erased!", then press transponder key, key number plate or other metal
Confirm. items from the transponder key that is going to
7. Operate the ignition switch by following the on- program.
screen instructions. 11. The on-screen displays a message "Program more
8. The on-screen displays a message "Erase Transponder Keys" If all transponder key(s) has
Transponder Keys Erasing Completed been programmed, press No and go to next step. If
Successfully!" if transponder erasing has been more transponder key(s) need to be programmed,
completed, then press Confirm. press Yes and repeat from previous step.
9. Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds. 12. The on-screen displays a message "Program
10. Verify the engine fails to run using all transponder Transponder Keys Programming Completed
key(s). Successfully!" if all transponder key(s)
programming has been completed, then press
Transponder Key Programming Procedure Confirm.
1. Install a scan tool. 13. Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds.
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF. 14. Verify the engine starts using all programmed
transponder key(s).
3. Select Diagnostics > Appropriate vehicle
identification > Body > Immobilizer > Programming ICU Resetting Procedure
> Program Transponder Keys.
Notice: If the ICU and ECM are reset at the same time,
Notice: If you get a programming approval, Go to the transponder key must be replaced.
step 7. 1. Install a scan tool.
4. In order to get a programming approval, the on- 2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
screen displays a message to user. Get 3. Select Diagnostics > Appropriate vehicle
programming approval from the TIS 2000 using identification > Body > Immobilizer > Additional
the following procedure: Functions > Reset Immobilizer.
a. Connect a scan tool to the terminal that 4. The on-screen displays a message "Warning
installed TIS 2000 with the latest software and Engine will not start after Reset!", then press
the hardware key is plugged into port. Confirm.
b. Turn ON the scan tool and keep at title screen. 5. The on-screen displays a message "See Checking
c. Launch the TIS application. Procedure Before Programming!", then press
d. Select the Security Access at the main screen. Confirm.
e. Highlight "Tech 2" on the Diagnostic Tool 6. Input four digits of correct security code that
Selection screen and click "Next". belongs to this vehicle and follow the on-screen
instructions.
f. Click "Close" on the Security Access Enabled
screen.
Notice: An incorrect security code input causes a
g. Turn OFF the scan tool. security wait time.
h. Disconnect the scan tool from the terminal.

7. Operate the ignition switch by following the on- 13. The on-screen displays a message "Program more
screen instructions. Transponder Keys" If all transponder key(s) has
8. The on-screen displays a message "Reset been programmed, press No and go to next step. If
Immobilizer Reset Completed Successfully!" if ICU more transponder key(s) need to be programmed,
resetting has been completed, then press Confirm. press Yes and repeat from previous step.
9. Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds. 14. The on-screen displays a message "Program
Immobilizer Function Programming Completed
10. Verify the engine fails to run using all transponder
Successfully!" if ICU and all transponder key(s)
key(s).
programming has been completed, then press
Confirm.
ICU Programming Procedure
16. Verify the engine starts using all programmed
transponder key(s).
identification > Body > Immobilizer > Programming ECM Resetting Procedure
> Program Immobilizer Function.
Notice: If the ICU and ECM are reset at the same time,
4. In order to get a programming approval, the on- the transponder key must be replaced.
screen displays a message to user. Get
programming approval from the TIS 2000 using
the following procedure: 2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
a. Connect a scan tool to the terminal that 3. Select Diagnostics > Appropriate vehicle
installed TIS 2000 with the latest software and identification > Body > Immobilizer > Additional
the hardware key is plugged into port. Functions > Reset Engine Control Module.
b. Turn ON the scan tool and keep at title screen. 4. The on-screen displays a message "See Checking
Procedure Before Programming!", then press
c. Launch the TIS application.
Confirm.
d. Select the Security Access at the main screen.
e. Highlight "Tech 2" on the Diagnostic Tool belongs to this vehicle and follow the on-screen
Selection screen and click "Next". instructions.
f. Click "Close" on the Security Access Enabled
screen. Notice: An incorrect security code input causes a
g. Turn OFF the scan tool. security wait time.
h. Disconnect the scan tool from the terminal. 6. The on-screen displays a message "Warning!
Engine will not start after Reset!", “Do you want to
5. Reinstall a scan tool to the vehicle.
Reset”, then press Reset.
7. Select Diagnostics > Appropriate vehicle screen instructions.
identification > Body > Immobilizer > Programming
8. The on-screen displays a message "Reset
Successfully!" if ECM resetting has been
8. The on-screen displays a message "See Checking completed, then press Confirm.
Procedure Before Programming!", then press
Confirm.
9. Select "Immobilizer Installed". 10. Verify the engine fails to run using all transponder
key(s).
belongs to this vehicle and follow the on-screen ECM Programming Procedure
instructions.
Notice: An incorrect security code input causes a 2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
security wait time. 3. Select Diagnostics > Appropriate vehicle
11. Input 17 digits of correct VIN that is based on identification > Body > Immobilizer > Programming
stamped VIN or affixed VIN plate on this vehicle. > Program Immobilizer Function.
12. Operate the ignition switch by following the on- 4. In order to get a programming approval, the on-
screen instructions. screen displays a message to user. Get
Notice: Keep away another key, another the following procedure:
transponder key, key number plate or other metal
items from the transponder key that is going to
program.

a. Connect a scan tool to the terminal that d. Select the Security Access at the main screen.
installed TIS 2000 with the latest software and e. Highlight "Tech 2" on the Diagnostic Tool
the hardware key is plugged into port. Selection screen and click "Next".
b. Turn ON the scan tool and keep at title screen. f. Click "Close" on the Security Access Enabled
c. Launch the TIS application. screen.
d. Select the Security Access at the main screen. g. Turn OFF the scan tool.
e. Highlight "Tech 2" on the Diagnostic Tool h. Disconnect the scan tool from the terminal.
Selection screen and click "Next". 5. Reinstall a scan tool to the vehicle.
f. Click "Close" on the Security Access Enabled 6. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
screen.
g. Turn OFF the scan tool. identification > Body > Immobilizer > Programming
h. Disconnect the scan tool from the terminal. > Program Immobilizer Function.
5. Reinstall a scan tool to the vehicle. 8. The on-screen displays a message "See Checking
6. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF. Procedure Before Programming!", then press
Confirm.
identification > Body > Immobilizer > Programming 9. Select "Immobilizer and ECM Installed".
> Program Immobilizer Function. 10. Input four digits of correct security code that
8. The on-screen displays a message "See Checking belongs to this vehicle and follow the on-screen
Procedure Before Programming!", then press instructions. The on-screen instruction repeats
Confirm. twice.
Notice: An incorrect security code input causes a
belongs to this vehicle and follow the on-screen
security wait time.
instructions.
11. Input 17 digits of correct VIN that is based on
Notice: An incorrect security code input causes a stamped VIN or affixed VIN plate on this vehicle.
security wait time. 12. Operate the ignition switch by following the on-
10. Select "Engine Controller Installed". screen instructions.
Notice: Keep away another key, another
screen instructions.
transponder key, key number plate or other metal
12. The on-screen displays a message "Program items from the transponder key that is going to
Immobilizer Function Programming Completed program.
Successfully!" if ECM programming has been
13. The on-screen displays a message "Program more
completed, then press Confirm.
Transponder Keys" If all transponder key(s) has
13. Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds. been programmed, press No and go to next step. If
14. Verify the engine starts using all transponder more transponder key(s) need to be programmed,
key(s). press Yes and repeat from previous step.
14. The on-screen displays a message "Program
ICU & ECM Programming Procedure Immobilizer Function Programming Completed
Notice: If the ICU and ECM are replaced at the same Successfully!" if ICU, ECM and all transponder
time, the transponder key must be replaced. key(s) programming has been completed, then
1. Install a scan tool. press Confirm.
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF. 15. Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds.
3. Select Diagnostics > Appropriate vehicle 16. Verify the engine starts using all programmed
identification > Body > Immobilizer > Programming transponder key(s).
4. In order to get a programming approval, the on-
screen displays a message to user. Get
the following procedure:
a. Connect a scan tool to the terminal that
installed TIS 2000 with the latest software and
the hardware key is plugged into port.
b. Turn ON the scan tool and keep at title screen.
c. Launch the TIS application.

Special Tool
Illustration Tool Number/ Description
Tech 2 DC24 Volt Adapter

II
ADAPTER2
Tech2
Scan tool
CAN-Di module
CANDI
Auto Door Lock，

，Keyless Entry System
Description of Function and Operation Remote controller key
Auto door lock The door can be locked or unlocked by operating the
button within 10 meters (33 feet) around the vehicle.
The auto door lock consists of the following items.
Only 1 remote controller can be used at a time. (If 2 or
• Driver side door lock switch more remote controllers are operated at the same time,
• Door lock actuator for all doors their operation will be unstable due to radiowave
• Keyless Entry Control Unit interference.)
The auto door lock function locks or unlocks all door
locks by driving the door lock actuator when using the
door key or inside knob at the driver side, and when
there is a request from the keyless entry function. Since Remote control operating range
the battery voltage is always applied to the keyless 45°
entry control unit, the keyless entry control unit is
activated and the door lock actuator is driven based on 10m
(33ft)
changes in the input status of the door switch signal.
Keyless entry
The keyless entry function has the following features.
• Auto door lock function
• Lock/unlock function by remote controller key
operation (remote control door lock)
• Remote controller key registration function
• Answer back (blinking of right and left direction
indicators) function MFU830SH000401
• Interior light ON/OFF interlocking function

The keyless entry system consists mainly of the
following items.
• Remote controller key (transmitter)
• Keyless Entry Control Unit
The keyless entry control unit transmits lock and unlock
signals received from the remote controller key to the
door lock actuator for each door. UNLOCK
Lock/unlock LOCK
The following functions will operate when the lock

button on the remote controller key is pressed.
• All doors are locked.
• Answer back: 1 blink
• The interior light turns off.
The following functions will operate when the unlock
button on the remote controller key is pressed. LNW89ISH000201
• Unlocking of all doors
• Answer back: 2 blinks
• Interior light turns on
• If doors are unlocked for approximately 20
seconds, they will be locked automatically. (Auto-
relock)
CAUTION:
When performing door lock operations continuously
using the transmitter, wait for at least 1 second before
performing the next locking or unlocking operation.

Keyless Entry Control Unit Connector Pin Layout
INPUT OUTPUT
Battery
Door lock actuator
(Left side & right side)
Ignition switch
ON, OFF)
Hazard warning
flasher light
Transmitter Keyless
entry
control unit
(with built Dome light
in antenna)
Door switch
Rear dome light
Door lock signal

Door unlock signal
Door unlock position signal
LNW89IMF000301
Keyless Entry Control Unit LHD

RHD
Keyless entry
control unit
Keyless entry
LNW89ISH000401
control unit
LNW89ISH000501

Keyless Entry Control Unit Pin Layout
1 8
2 9
3 10
4 11
12
13
5 14
6 15
7 16
LNW89CSF000401
Pin No. Pin Function Pin No. Pin Function

1 Ground 9 Key remind switch
2 — 10 —
3 Door lock signal 11 Door switch (driver seat)
4 Door unlock signal 12 Ignition switch signal
5 — 13 Door lock switch
6 Hazard signal 14 Door unlock position signal
7 — 15 —
8 Dome light 16 Battery voltage
Registration of the remote controller key • If registration failed: No answer-back

• 1 type of code can be registered with each
registration operation.
• 3 different types of codes can be registered.
• The oldest code will be cleared when registration is
performed.
1. Pull out the key and close all doors.
2. Open the door at the driver's side.
3. Push the unlock button on the remote controller
within 10 seconds.
4. Insert the key into the key cylinder within 10
seconds, turn ON the ignition, and then turn OFF
the ignition within 10 seconds. Then, pull out the
key.
5. Within 30 seconds, open and close the door in
order to turn the door switch at the driver side ON
more than 6 times. (The door will be locked
automatically at the 6th closing operation.)
6. Push the unlock button more than 5 seconds on
the remote controller within 5 seconds.
• If registration is successful: 2 answer-backs

All doors neither lock nor unlock - Between the cab junction block and the front
Prior confirmation and visual inspection right door lock switch.
- Between the front right door lock switch and
• Check that the battery voltage is in normal
ground (cab).
condition.
All of the doors do not lock (or unlock)
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition. Prior confirmation and visual inspection
If a fuse is defective (due to a meltdown, etc.), • Check that the battery voltage is in normal
investigate / repair the cause of the meltdown condition.
(harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or
fuse. replace the battery.
• Check that the ground connections are in normal • Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
condition. If a fuse is defective (due to a meltdown, etc.),
If the ground connection is defective (due to investigate / repair the cause of the meltdown
incorrect installation or significant filth), repair and (harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
clean. fuse.
• Check that the harness and the connector are in • Check that the ground connections are in normal
normal conditions. condition.
Check the connector for improper connections and If the ground connection is defective (due to
the harness for abnormalities such as scrapes or incorrect installation or significant filth), repair and
bends. Also, check that the wire inside the harness clean.
has not come loose and is not causing a short • Check that the harness and the connector are in
circuit with other circuits. normal conditions.
• Check the effects of the retrofitted electrical Check the connector for improper connections and
components (radios and lamps, etc.). the harness for abnormalities such as scrapes or
Turn off or remove the post installed electrical bends. Also, check that the wire inside the harness
components, so that they do not affect the has not come loose and is not causing a short
inspection or the operation. circuit with other circuits.
• Check the effects of the retrofitted electrical
Structural components inspection components (radios and lamps, etc.).
• Check the door lock fuse (F4). Turn off or remove the post installed electrical
If a fuse is defective (due to a meltdown, etc.), components, so that they do not affect the
investigate / repair the cause of the meltdown inspection or the operation.
fuse. Structural components inspection
• Check the door lock relay function. • Check the door lock relay function.
Check the door lock relay for abnormality. Replace Check the door lock relay for abnormality. Replace
it if any abnormality is found. it if any abnormality is found.
• Check the door unlock relay function. • Check the door unlock relay function.
Check the door unlock relay for abnormality. Check the door unlock relay for abnormality.
Replace it if any abnormality is found. Replace it if any abnormality is found.
• Check the keyless entry control unit. • Check the keyless entry control unit.
Check the DTC and inspect the keyless entry Check the DTC and inspect the keyless entry
control unit if an abnormality is found. control unit if an abnormality is found.
• Check the front right door lock switch. (Excluding • Check the front right door lock switch. (Excluding
vehicles with keyless entry) vehicles with keyless entry)
If abnormalities are found with the front right door If abnormalities are found with the front right door
lock switch, replace it. lock switch, replace it.
Circuit inspection Circuit inspection

• Check the following circuits for breakages, short • Check the following circuits for breakages, short
circuits (power supply and ground), or high circuits (power supply and ground), or high
resistance. resistance.
If abnormalities are found in the circuit, repair or If abnormalities are found in the circuit, repair or
replace the circuit. replace the circuit.
- Between the cab junction block and the BCM

- Between the cab junction block and the keyless • Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
entry control unit If a fuse is defective (due to a meltdown, etc.),
- Between the cab junction block and the front investigate / repair the cause of the meltdown
right door lock switch. (harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
fuse.
The door at the driver side does not lock (or • Check that the ground connections are in normal
unlock) condition.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection If the ground connection is defective (due to
incorrect installation or significant filth), repair and
• Check that the battery voltage is in normal clean.
condition.
• Check that the harness and the connector are in
normal conditions.
Check the connector for improper connections and
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition. the harness for abnormalities such as scrapes or
If a fuse is defective (due to a meltdown, etc.), bends. Also, check that the wire inside the harness
investigate / repair the cause of the meltdown has not come loose and is not causing a short
(harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the circuit with other circuits.
fuse.
• Check that the ground connections are in normal components (radios and lamps, etc.).
condition. Turn off or remove the post installed electrical
If the ground connection is defective (due to components, so that they do not affect the
incorrect installation or significant filth), repair and inspection or the operation.
clean.
• Check that the harness and the connector are in Structural components inspection
normal conditions. • Check the front left door lock actuator.
Check the connector for improper connections and If abnormalities are found in the front left door lock
the harness for abnormalities such as scrapes or actuator, replace it.
bends. Also, check that the wire inside the harness
has not come loose and is not causing a short- Circuit inspection
circuit with other circuits.
• Check the following circuits for breakages, short
• Check the effects of the retrofitted electrical circuits (power supply and ground), or high
components (radios and lamps, etc.). resistance.
Turn off or remove the post installed electrical If abnormalities are found in the circuit, repair or
components, so that they do not affect the replace the circuit.
- Between the cab junction block and the front
Structural components inspection left door lock actuator.
• Check the front right door lock switch and actuator. The rear right door does not lock (or unlock)
(Vehicles with keyless entry only)
If abnormalities are found in the front right door Prior confirmation and visual inspection
lock switch and actuator, replace them. • Check that the battery voltage is in normal
condition.
Circuit inspection If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or
• Check the following circuits for breakages, short replace the battery.
circuits (power supply and ground), or high • Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
resistance. If a fuse is defective (due to a meltdown, etc.),
If abnormalities are found in the circuit, repair or investigate / repair the cause of the meltdown
replace the circuit. (harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
- Between the cab junction block and the front fuse.
right door lock switch and actuator. • Check that the ground connections are in normal
condition.
The front left door does not lock (or unlock) If the ground connection is defective (due to
Prior confirmation and visual inspection incorrect installation or significant filth), repair and
clean.
condition.

normal conditions. • Check the rear left door lock actuator.
Check the connector for improper connections and If abnormalities are found in the rear left door lock
the harness for abnormalities such as scrapes or actuator, replace it.
has not come loose and is not causing a short Circuit inspection
• Check the following circuits for breakages, short
• Check the effects of the retrofitted electrical circuits (power supply and ground), or high
components (radios and lamps, etc.). resistance.
Turn off or remove the post installed electrical If abnormalities are found in the circuit, repair or
components, so that they do not affect the replace the circuit.
- Between the cab junction block and the rear left
Structural components inspection door lock actuator.
• Check the rear right door lock actuator. The door lock at the driver side does not work
If abnormalities are found in the rear right door lock
actuator, replace it. Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Circuit inspection condition.
• Check the following circuits for breakages, short If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or
circuits (power supply and ground), or high replace the battery.
resistance. • Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If abnormalities are found in the circuit, repair or If a fuse is defective (due to a meltdown, etc.),
replace the circuit. investigate / repair the cause of the meltdown
- Between the cab junction block and the rear (harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the
right door lock actuator. fuse.
• Check that the ground connections are in normal
The rear left door does not lock (or unlock) condition.
Prior confirmation and visual inspection If the ground connection is defective (due to
• Check that the battery voltage is in normal clean.
condition.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or • Check that the harness and the connector are in
replace the battery. normal conditions.
• Check that the fuses are in normal condition. the harness for abnormalities such as scrapes or
If a fuse is defective (due to a meltdown, etc.), bends. Also, check that the wire inside the harness
investigate / repair the cause of the meltdown has not come loose and is not causing a short
(harness short circuit, etc.) before replacing the circuit with other circuits.
fuse.
• Check that the ground connections are in normal components (radios and lamps, etc.).
condition. Turn off or remove the post installed electrical
If the ground connection is defective (due to components, so that they do not affect the
incorrect installation or significant filth), repair and inspection or the operation.
clean.
normal conditions. • Check the front right door lock switch and actuator.
Check the connector for improper connections and (Vehicles with keyless entry only)
the harness for abnormalities such as scrapes or If abnormalities are found in the front right door
bends. Also, check that the wire inside the harness lock switch and actuator, replace them.
has not come loose and is not causing a short
circuit with other circuits. Circuit inspection
• Check the effects of the retrofitted electrical • Check the following circuits for breakages, short
components (radios and lamps, etc.). circuits (power supply and ground), or high
Turn off or remove the post installed electrical resistance.
components, so that they do not affect the If abnormalities are found in the circuit, repair or
inspection or the operation. replace the circuit.

- Between the cab junction block and the front • Check that the harness and the connector are in
right door lock switch and actuator (Vehicles normal conditions.
with keyless entry only) Check the connector for improper connections and
- Between the front right door lock switch and the the harness for abnormalities such as scrapes or
actuator and ground (Vehicles with keyless bends. Also, check that the wire inside the harness
entry only) has not come loose and is not causing a short
The auto door lock is working properly, but does • Check the effects of the retrofitted electrical
not function with the remote controller key, or the components (radios and lamps, etc.).
operation range is narrow Turn off or remove the post installed electrical
Prior confirmation and visual inspection components, so that they do not affect the
• Check that the harness and the connector are in
normal conditions. Structural components inspection
• Check the keyless entry control unit.
the harness for abnormalities such as scrapes or
Check the DTC and inspect the keyless entry
control unit if an abnormality is found.
has not come loose and is not causing a short
circuit with other circuits. • Check the flasher unit.
If abnormalities are found in the flusher unit,
replace it.
components (radios and lamps, etc.).
Turn off or remove the post installed electrical Circuit inspection
inspection or the operation. • Check the following circuits for breakages, short
circuits (power supply and ground), or high
If abnormalities are found in the circuit, repair or
• Check that the antenna harness is in normal
condition.
- Between the BCM and the flasher unit
• Check the battery of the remote controller key.
• Check whether the door switch is in normal
condition.
• Check whether the key reminder switch is in a
normal condition.
• Insert another key into the key cylinder, or check
that the ignition switch is in the "ON" position.
The door lock functions using the remote controller

key, but does not answer back, or the room light
does not turn on
condition.
If a fuse is defective (due to a meltdown, etc.),
investigate / repair the cause of the meltdown
fuse.
• Check that the ground connections are in normal
condition.
clean.
Remote Controller Key

Components
Screw
Cover
Key ring
Battery
Battery
holder
Transmitter
Cover
MFU830SH002601
Disassembly
1. Remove the key ring from the remote controller
key.
2. Loosen the screw, and then remove the cover.
3. Remove the battery holder.
4. Remove the battery from the battery holder.
5. Install a new battery (CR2032, 3V) in the battery
holder.
Reassembly
Follow the disassembly steps in reverse order
reassembly the remote controller key.
Door Lock ASM(Standard Cab)

Components
LNW79IMF000201
Legend
1. Front Door Trim Pad 3. Glass-Run Rear Channel
2. Water Sheet 4. Door Lock ASM
Removal
Preparation
• Peel off the butyl tape with a cutter knife, etc.
NOTE:
Be cautious not to damage the water sheet when
peeling off the butyl tape.
LNWX2BSH003301

• Remove 2 installation screws, and pull out.
4. Remove the door lock ASM (3).
• Disconnect the link and connector (4), and then
remove 3 installation screws.
1
2
5 4
LNW79ISH001601
Legend
1. Connect to inside lock knob
2. Connect to inside handle
3. Door lock ASM
4. Door lock switch connector
5. Connect to lock cylinder
6. Outside handle
Installation
instructions.
1. Tighten the door lock ASM at the specified torque.
2. Inspect the operation status after installation.
Outside Handle(Standard Cab)

Components
A
4
2 5
LNW29IMF000201
Legend
1. Front Door Trim Pad 4. Lock Cylinder
2. Water Sheet 5. Clip
3. Outside Handle
Removal
NOTE:
LNWX2BSH003301

3. Remove the outside handle (1).
• Disconnect the link and remove 1 mounting
bolt.
LNW29ISH000201
4. Remove the lock cylinder.

• Disconnect the link and pull out the clip.
Installation
instructions.
1. Tighten the outside handle mounting bolt at the
specified torque.
Door Lock ASM, Outside Handle(High Cab, Wide Cab)

Components
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
LNW79ILF000101
Legend
1. Outside Handle 6. Speaker
2. Lock Cylinder 7. Armrest Bracket
3. Window Rear Channel 8. Front Door Trim Pad
4. Water Sheet 9. Door Lock
5. Inside Lever
Removal • Remove 3 screws.

Preparation • Disconnect the harness connector.
• Fully close the window. 3. Remove the armrest bracket.
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. • Remove 3 screws.
1. Remove the front door trim pad. 4. Remove the water sheet.
• Refer to "Front Door Trim Pad (High Cab, Wide • Peel off the butyl tape with a cutter knife, etc.
2. Remove the speaker.

NOTE:
1
2
2 LNW79ISH002201
7. Remove the lock cylinder from the outside handle.

• Remove 1 bolt.
LNWX2BSH003301 8. Remove the window rear channel.
5. Remove the inside lever. • Remove 2 bolts.
• Remove the 2 wires from the door lock. 9. Remove the door lock (3).
6. Remove the outside handle (1). • Disconnect the harness connector.
• Remove the 2 bolts (2). • Remove 3 screws (1) and 1 bolt (2).
1 2 3
LNW79GSH000301 LNW79ISH000201
• Lift the handle case away from the door panel

slightly, remove the clips (2), and then
disconnect the 2 links (1) for the door lock.

Installation • Attach the butyl tape (3).
1. Install the door lock (3). • Attach the water sheet by aligning the round
holes (2 locations in the front and back) of the
• Tighten 3 screws (1) and 1 bolt (2).
upper section of the water sheet with the clip
Tightening Torque hole (1) and the punch mark (2) of the front
Torque screw (1): 7 N⋅m (0.7 kg⋅m / 61 lb⋅in) door panel.
Flange bolt (2): 9 N⋅m (0.9 kg⋅m / 78 lb⋅in)
NOTE:
Make sure that there is no tear in the water sheet.
1
2
1 2 3
LNW79ISH000201
3
• Connect the harness connector. LNW79GSH004201
2. Install the lock cylinder to the outside handle.
6. Install the armrest bracket.
• Tighten 1 bolt.
• Install the 3 screws.
Tightening torque: 9 N⋅m (0.9 kg⋅m / 78 lb⋅in) 7. Install the speaker.
3. Install the outside handle. • Install the 3 screws.
• Connect the 2 links (1) of the door lock and fit • Connect the harness connector.
the clips (2) to the link.
• Refer to "Front Door Trim Pad (High Cab, Wide
1
2
2 LNW79ISH000101
• Tighten 2 bolts.
Door Lock ASM, Outside Handle(Crew Cab)

Components
3 4
2
1
LNW79FLF000701
Legend
1. Rear Door Trim Pad 4. Outside Handle
2. Water Sheet 5. Door Lock
3. Inside Lever 6. Window Rear Channel
Removal
Preparation
• Fully close the window.

NOTE:
1
3
2
LNW79KSH002401
Installation
1. Install the door lock ASM (1).
• Tighten 3 screws (3) and 1 bolt (2).
LNWX2BSH003301
Tightening Torque
3. Remove the inside lever. Torque screw (3): 7 N⋅m (0.7 kg⋅m / 61 lb⋅in)
• Remove the 2 wires from the door lock. Flange bolt (2): 7 N⋅m (0.7 kg⋅m / 61 lb⋅in)
4. Remove the window rear channel.
• Remove 2 bolts.
5. Remove the outside handle.
• Remove 2 bolts.
• Remove the clip (2), and then disconnect the
link (1) of the door lock.
1
1
3
2
LNW79KSH002401
LNW79ISH002701
6. Remove the door lock ASM (1).

• Remove 3 screws (3) and 1 bolt (2).

2. Install the outside handle.
• Connect the link (1) of the door lock and fasten
a clip (2) to the link.
LNW79ISH002701
3. Install the window rear channel.
• Attach the butyl tape.
NOTE:
Make sure that there is no tear in the water sheet.

Steering Lock Barrel ASM

Components
1 2 3
LNW79IMF000301
Legend
1. Cylinder Outer 3. Lock Link
2. Cylinder ASM 4. Lock Bar
Removal 3. Remove the immobilizer control unit (ICU) (2).

2. Remove the steering cowl (1),(3).
1
2
3
LNW79ISH002901

4. Remove the steering lock barrel ASM. 3. Install the steering cowl (1),(3).
• While pressing the lock bar of the lock barrel
ASM with a jeweler's screwdriver or an
equivalent tool through the hole in the steering 1
lock ASM (1), insert the key and turn it to the
ACC position and then pull out the whole lock
barrel ASM. 2
3
NOTE:
When removing the steering lock barrel ASM, do so
with the key in the ACC position.
LNW79ISH002901

• If the key and the steering lock barrel ASM are
replaced at the same time, perform
1
reprogramming of ICU and the key, refer to
"Immobilizer Control Unit & Programming" in
this section.
LNW79ISH003001
Installation
1. Install the steering lock barrel ASM into the
steering lock ASM.
a. Insert the key in the steering lock barrel and
turn it to the ACC position.
b. Insert the steering lock barrel ASM into the
steering lock ASM until a click is heard.
c. Turn the key to the LOCK position and pull the
key out.
NOTE:
When installing the steering lock barrel ASM, do so
with the key in the ACC position.
2. Install the immobilizer control unit (ICU) (2).

MEMO
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
Exterior/Interior Trim 9K-1

Exterior/Interior Trim
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Instrument Panel (Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-2 Head Lining (High Cab, Wide Cab type A) . . . . .9K-43
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-2 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9K-43
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-2 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9K-43
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-6 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9K-44
Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide Cab). . . . . . . 9K-11 Head Lining (High Cab, Wide Cab type B) . . . . .9K-45
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-11 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9K-45
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-11 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9K-45
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-16 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9K-46
Front Door Trim Pad (Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . 9K-21 Head Lining (High Crew Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9K-47
Front Door Trim Pad (High Cab, Wide Cab) . . . . 9K-24 Head Lining (Wide Crew Cab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9K-49
Rear Door Trim Pad (High Cab, Wide Cab) . . . . 9K-27
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-27
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-27
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-28
Front Pillar Trim Cover (Standard Cab). . . . . . . . 9K-30
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-30
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-30
Front Pillar Trim Cover (High Cab, Wide Cab) . . 9K-31
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-31
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-31
Rear Pillar Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-32
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-32
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-32
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-33
Back Trim (Standard Cab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-34
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-34
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-34
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-35
Back Trim, Back Panel Tray
(High Cab, Wide Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-36
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-36
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-36
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-37
Header Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-38
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-38
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-38
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-39
Head Lining (Standard Cab type A) . . . . . . . . . . 9K-40
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-40
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-40
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-40
Head Lining (Standard Cab type B) . . . . . . . . . . 9K-41
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-41
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-41
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9K-42
9K-2 Exterior/Interior Trim
Instrument Panel (Standard Cab)

Components
12
2
10 11
13
LNW79KLF000601
Legend
1. Relay box lid 8. Meter cluster
2. Knee bolster panel (driver side) 9. Control lever ASM
3. Cluster compartment 10. Radio (if so equipped)
4. Side trim panel 11. Meter ASM
5. Knee bolster panel (passenger side) 12. Reinforcement
6. Glove box or air bag ASM 13. Driver knee bolster outer panel
7. Instrument panel ASM
Removal 1. Remove the meter cluster (2).

Preparation • Pull the meter cluster towards you and remove
Refer to “Front Pillar Trim Cover (Standard Cab)” in
this section.

CAUTION: • Remove 2 clips (6).
When removing the meter cluster, do not pull it out by • Pull the knee bolster panel in a diagonally
holding the hazard switch (3). upward direction and remove the clips in 7
It may cause the switch to break. locations (4).
7. Remove the side trim panel (3).
1 • Remove 1 clip (2).
• Pull the side trim panel in a diagonally upward
direction and remove the clips in 3 locations (1).
1
2
4 3
2
5
LNW79KSH002601
2. Remove the meter ASM.

• Remove 4 bolts. 6
• Disconnect the harness connector. LNW79KSH000701
3. Remove the cluster compartment (1). 8. Remove the windshield washer tank.
• Remove 8 screws. • Remove 2 nuts and 1 bolt.
4. Remove the control lever ASM (3). 9. Remove the air bag ASM (passenger side). (with
• Remove 2 bolts. passenger air bag)
• Refer to "Control Lever ASM" in Section 7A, • Refer to "Passenger Air Bag ASM" in Section
Heating and Ventilation. 8B, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
5. Remove the radio (2). (if so equipped) 10. Remove the relay box lid (1).
• Remove 2 screws. • Pull the relay box lid towards you and remove
• Disconnect the antenna cable. the claws at 2 locations on the lower side.
• Disconnect the harness connector. 11. Remove the knee bolster panel (on the driver side)
(4).
• Remove 2 screws (2), 1 clip (3) and 1 nut (5).
• Pull the knee bolster panel towards you, and
remove the clips in 3 locations.
2
3
LNW79KSH001501
6. Remove the knee bolster panel (passenger side)

(5).
5
2 1
3
1
2
4
2 1
2
2 1
3
1
LNW79GSH000701
12. Remove the driver knee bolster outer panel (2).

• Remove 1 clip (3). 4
1
LNW79KMH000501
Removal of the reinforcement

1. Remove the knee bolster bracket (driver side) (2).
2. Remove the knee bolster bracket (passenger side)
(1).
LNW79KSH001901
13. Remove the instrument panel ASM (3).

• Remove the 4 bolt covers (1) for the defroster
nozzle garnish. Be careful of the installation
position, as the shapes of all of the 4 covers are
different.
• Remove the 4 bolts (2) for the defroster nozzle
garnish.
• Remove the 2 nuts (4) for the reinforcement.
1 2
LNW79KSH001801
3. Remove the brake oil tank and bracket.

• Remove 1 bolt and 1 nut, and remove the brake
oil tank (1) and bracket (2).

NOTE:
• Fix the removed brake oil tank to the steering wheel,
etc.
• Be careful not to spill the brake fluid.
LNW79GSH001701
• Remove the bolt from the top portion of the

heater unit.
LNW79GSH002001
4. Remove the reinforcement.

• Disconnect the body harness from each
connector.
• Remove the 2 bolts of the steering column.
LNW79GSH002601
• Remove the bolt (2) on the left side of the

heater unit.
• Remove the 2 nuts (1) for the blower motor.
LNW79GSH001201
• Remove the 2 bolts for the brake pedal bracket.


NOTE:
1 2 Remove the reinforcement together with the body
harness and the relay box.
LNW79KSH002101
• Remove 2 bolts on the side body (left side).
LNW79KMH000601
Installation
1. Install the reinforcement.
• Tighten 2 bolts on the side body (right side).
LNW79KSH001601
• Remove 2 bolts on the side body (right side).
LNW79KSH001701
LNW79KSH001701
• Tighten 2 bolts on the side body (left side).
• Remove the reinforcement.
LNW79KSH001601 LNW79GSH002601
• Tighten the bolt (2) on the left side of the heater • Tighten the 2 bolts on the brake pedal bracket.
unit.
• Tighten the 2 nuts (1) for the blower motor.
Tightening torque: 6 N⋅m (0.6 kg⋅m/52 lb⋅in)
1 2
LNW79GSH001701
• Tighten the 2 bolts at the steering column.

LNW79KSH002101
• Tighten a bolt onto the top of the heater unit.
1 2
LNW79GSH001201 LNW79KSH001801
• Connect the body harness to each connector. 5. Install the instrument panel ASM (3).
2. Install the brake oil tank (1) and bracket (2). • Tighten the 4 bolts (2) of the defroster nozzle
• Connect the harness connector. garnish.
• Tighten 1 bolt and 1 nut. Tightening torque: 4 N⋅m (0.4 kg⋅m/35 lb⋅in)
Tightening torque: 4 N⋅m (0.4 kg⋅m/35 lb⋅in) • Tighten the 2 nuts (4) for the reinforcement.
NOTE:
Be careful not to spill the brake fluid. • Install the 4 bolt covers (1) for the defroster
nozzle garnish. Be careful as the shapes of all
of the 4 covers are different.
2 1
1 3
1
2
2 2 1
2 1
LNW79GSH002001
3. Install the knee bolster bracket (driver side) (2).

4
4. Install the knee bolster bracket (passenger side)
(1).
LNW79KMH000501
6. Install the driver knee bolster outer panel (2).


• Fit the clips at 3 locations (1) on the knee • Fit the clips at 3 locations (1) on the side trim
bolster panel. panel.
• Install 1 clip (3). • Install 1 clip (2).
12. Install the knee bolster panel (passenger side) (5).
• Fit the clips at 7 locations (4) on the knee
1 bolster panel.
• Install 2 clips (6).
1
2
4 3
2
3
5
LNW79KSH002001
7. Install the knee bolster panel (driver side) (4).

• Fit the clips at 3 locations on the knee bolster
panel. 6
• Install 2 screws (2), 1 clip (3) and 1 nut (5) to LNW79KSH001101
the knee bolster panel. 13. Install the radio (2). (if so equipped)
Tightening torque: 1 N⋅m (0.1 kg⋅m/9 lb⋅in) • Connect the harness connector.
8. Install the relay box lid (1). • Connect the antenna cable.
• Fit the clips at 3 locations on the upper side of • Tighten 2 screws.
the relay box lid and fit the claws at 2 locations
on the lower side.
14. Install the control lever ASM (3).
5 • Refer to "Control Lever ASM" in Section 7A,
Heating and Ventilation.
15. Install the cluster compartment (1).
4
3
1
LNW79KSH001301
9. Install the air bag ASM (passenger side). (with

passenger air bag)
• Refer to "Passenger Air Bag ASM" in Section
8B, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
• Tighten 2 nuts and 1 bolt.
11. Install the side trim panel (3).
2
3
LNW79KSH001501
16. Install the meter ASM.

17. Install the meter cluster (2).
• Fit the clips at 12 locations (1) on the meter
cluster.
LNW79KSH000901
Instrument Panel (High Cab, Wide Cab)

Components
5 6
4
8
2
10
9
1
11
13
7
12
LNW79GLF000601
Legend
1. Relay box lid 8. Cluster compartment
2. Knee bolster panel (driver side) 9. Control lever ASM or Control Panel ASM (Auto-
3. Knee bolster panel (passenger side) Air Conditioner Control Unit)
4. Side trim panel 10. Radio (if so equipped)
5. Glove box or air bag ASM 11. Meter ASM
6. Instrument panel ASM 12. Driver knee bolster outer panel
7. Meter cluster 13. Reinforcement
Removal 1. Remove the meter cluster (2).

Preparation • Pull the meter cluster towards you and remove

CAUTION: 6. Remove the knee bolster panel (on the passenger
When removing the meter cluster, do not pull it out by side) (5).
holding the hazard switch (3). • Remove 2 clips (6).
• Pull the knee bolster panel in a diagonally
locations (4).
1
7. Remove the side trim panel (7).
• Remove 1 clip (2) and 1 screw (3).
• Pull the side trim panel in a diagonally upward
direction and remove the clip in 1 location (1).
4
3 3 7
LNW79KSH002601
2. Remove the meter ASM.

5
• Remove 4 bolts.
3. Remove the cluster compartment (1). 6
• Remove 8 screws. LNW79GSH000401
4. Remove the control lever ASM or control panel 8. Remove the windshield washer tank.
ASM (auto-air conditioner control unit) (3). • Remove 2 nuts and 1 bolt.
• Remove 2 bolts. 9. Remove the air bag ASM (passenger side). (with
• Refer to "Control Lever ASM" in Section 7A, passenger air bag)
Heating and Ventilation or "Control Panel ASM • Refer to "Passenger Air Bag ASM" in Section
(Auto-A/C Control Unit)" in Section 7C. 8B, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
5. Remove the radio (2). 10. Remove the relay box lid (1).
• Remove 2 screws. • Pull the relay box lid towards you and remove
• Disconnect the antenna cable. the claws at 2 locations (for a high cab) or 4
• Disconnect the harness connector. locations (for a wide cab) on the lower side.
11. Remove the knee bolster panel (on the driver side)
(4).
• Remove 4 screws (2) and 1 clip (3).
remove the clips in 2 locations.
2
3
LNW79KSH001501
1 3
LNW79GSH001101 3
12. Remove the driver knee bolster outer panel (2).

• Remove 2 clips (3).
LNW79KMH000401
Removal of the reinforcement

1. Remove the knee bolster bracket (driver side) (2).
2. Remove the knee bolster bracket (passenger side)
(1).
2 3
3
LNW79GSH000501
13. Remove the instrument panel ASM (2).

• Remove the 4 bolts (1) for the defroster nozzle
garnish.
• Remove the 3 nuts (3) for the reinforcement.
1 2
LNW79GSH002301
3. Remove the brake oil tank and bracket.

• Remove 1 bolt and 1 nut, and remove the brake
oil tank (1) and bracket (2).

NOTE:
• Fix the removed brake oil tank to the steering wheel,
etc.
• Be careful not to spill the brake fluid.
LNW79GSH001701
• Remove the bolt from the top portion of the

heater unit.
LNW79GSH002001
4. Remove the reinforcement.

• Disconnect the body harness from each
connector.
• Remove the 2 bolts of the steering column.
LNW79GSH002601
• Remove the bolt (3) on the left side of the

heater unit.
• Remove the 2 nuts (2) for the support bracket.
(wide cab only)
• Remove the 2 nuts (1) for the blower motor.
LNW79GSH001201
• Remove the 2 bolts for the brake pedal bracket.


High Cab
1 3
LNW79GSH002401
LNW79KSH002201
• Remove the reinforcement.
Wide Cab
NOTE:
1 1 2 3 Remove the reinforcement together with the body
harness and the relay box.
LNW79GSH002701
• Remove 2 bolts on the side body (left side).
LNW79GSH002501
• Remove 2 bolts on the side body (right side).

LNW79GLF000401
Installation
1. Install the reinforcement.
• Tighten 2 bolts on the side body (right side).
LNW79GSH002401

• Tighten 2 bolts on the side body (left side). Wide Cab
Tightening torque: 26 N⋅m (2.7 kg⋅m/20 lb⋅ft) 1 1 2 3
LNW79GSH002701
LNW79GSH002501
• Tighten a bolt onto the top of the heater unit.
• Tighten the bolt (3) on the left side of the heater

unit.
• Tighten the 2 nuts (1) for the blower motor.
• Tighten the 2 nuts (2) for the support bracket.
(wide cab only)
High Cab
1 3
LNW79GSH002601
• Tighten the 2 bolts on the brake pedal bracket.

LNW79KSH002201
• Tighten the 2 bolts at the steering column. 3. Install the knee bolster bracket (driver side) (2).
Tightening torque: 20 N⋅m (2.0 kg⋅m/14 lb⋅ft) Tightening torque: 6 N⋅m (0.6 kg⋅m/52 lb⋅in)
4. Install the knee bolster bracket (passenger side)
(1).
LNW79GSH001201
• Connect the body harness to each connector.

2. Install the brake oil tank (1) and bracket (2).
1 2
• Connect the harness connector. LNW79GSH002301
• Tighten 1 bolt and 1 nut. 5. Install the instrument panel ASM (2).
Tightening torque: 4 N⋅m (0.4 kg⋅m/35 lb⋅in) • Tighten the 4 bolts (1) of the defroster nozzle
garnish.
NOTE: Tightening torque: 4 N⋅m (0.4 kg⋅m/35 lb⋅in)
Be careful not to spill the brake fluid.
• Tighten the 3 nuts (3) for the reinforcement.

• Fit the clips at 4 locations on the upper side of
the relay box lid and then fit the claws at 4
locations on the lower side.
2
3
1 3
LNW79KSH001201
9. Install the air bag ASM (passenger side). (with

passenger air bag)
• Refer to "Passenger Air Bag ASM" in Section
8B, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
LNW79KMH000401
• Tighten 2 nuts and 1 bolt.
6. Install the driver knee bolster outer panel (2). 11. Install the side trim panel (7).
• Fit the clips at 3 locations (1) on the knee • Fit the clip at 1 location (1).
bolster panel.
• Install 1 clip (2) and 1 screw (3).
12. Install the knee bolster panel (passenger side) (5).
• Fit the clips at 5 locations (4).
1
3
4
7
2 3
5
3
LNW79KSH001401
7. Install the knee bolster panel (driver side) (4). 6

• Fit the clips at 2 locations on the knee bolster LNW79KSH001001
panel.
13. Install the radio (2).
• Install the 4 screws (2) and 1 clip (3) to the knee
bolster panel. • Connect the harness connector.
• Connect the antenna cable.
8. Install the relay box lid (1).

• Tighten 2 screws.
14. Install the control lever ASM or control panel ASM
(auto-air conditioner control unit) (3).
• Refer to "Control Lever ASM" in Section 7A,
Heating and Ventilation or "Control Panel ASM
(Auto-A/C Control Unit)" in Section 7C.
15. Install the cluster compartment (1).
2
3
LNW79KSH001501
16. Install the meter ASM.

17. Install the meter cluster (2).
• Fit the clips at 12 locations (1) on the meter
cluster.
LNW79KSH000901
Front Door Trim Pad (Standard Cab)

Components
LNW79KLF001101
Legend
1. Inner waist seal 4. Door pull case
2. Window regulator handle (vehicles without 5. Front door trim pad
power window) 6. Screw
3. Power window switch connector 7. Power window switch
Removal • Use a flat-blade screwdriver, etc., to remove the

clips one by one from the back. Be careful not
Preparation
to apply excessive force as this may cause
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. deformation. Also take care not to damage the
1. Remove the inner waist seal. pillar with the cross-section of the edge during
removal.
2. Remove the window regulator handle (1).
(Vehicles without power window)

• Pull out the locking pin (2) and remove the • Remove the clips at 13 locations.
handle (1) and the washer (3).
LNW29GSH003001
3. Remove the power window switch (3).

• Pull out the switch from the trim pad and
disconnect the connector (1).
4. Remove the screw (2).
5. Remove the door pull case (4).
• Remove 2 mounting screws.
LNW29GMH000901
3 4
Installation
2
instructions.
1
1. Align the clip of the front door trim pad with the
mounting hole (1) at the door panel, and install it
so that it is not floating or crooked and so that the
door harness, etc., is not pinched.
1
LNW29GSH003101
CAUTION:
Each part in the above procedures 3 to 7 can be
removed in any order, and each can also be removed
separately.
6. Remove the front door trim pad (5).
LNW29GSH003201

2. When installing the inner waist seal (2), align the
front edge and insert the clips in order starting with
the front edge clip (1) while fitting the 4 claws (4)
on the top of the trim pad (3). Be careful not to
apply horizontal force as this may cause
deformation.
CAUTION:
As the core metal is exposed at the cross-section of
both ends of the inner waist seal, take sufficient care
not to damage the paint work at the section where the
pillar rises when installing and removing the inner waist
seal. If any damage is caused to the paint work, touch
up the paint with the corresponding vehicle color to
prevent rust.
2 2
1
4
LNW29GMH001001
Front Door Trim Pad (High Cab, Wide Cab)

Components
3
5
2
LNW79KLF000101
Legend
1. Door glass guard bar 6. Inside handle panel
2. Armrest pull cover 7. Window regulator handle (vehicles without
3. Power window switch power window)
4. Ash tray 8. Door glass guard bar bolt cover
Removal 4. Remove the armrest pull cover.

Preparation • Remove 1 screw.
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. 5. Remove the window regulator handle. (Vehicles
without power window)
1. Remove the inside handle panel.
• Remove 1 screw.
2. Remove the door glass guard bar bolt cover.
3. Remove the door glass guard bar.
• Remove 4 bolts.

• Pull out the locking pin (2) and remove the • Pull the trim pad towards you and remove the
handle (1) and the washer (3). clips at 7 locations, one by one.

• Remove the claws at 2 locations by lifting up Installation
• Align the clip of the trim pad with the mounting
hole at the door panel, and install it so that it is
not floating or crooked and that the door
harness, etc., is not pinched.
LNW79KSH000401

• Remove 1 screw.
LNW79KMH000101
• Tighten 1 screw.

3. Install the window regulator handle. (vehicles
without power window)
• Install the washer (3) and handle (1), and insert
the locking pin (2).
LNW29GSH003001
4. Install the armrest pull cover.

5. Install the door glass guard bar.
6. Install the door glass guard bar bolt cover.
7. Install the inside handle panel.
Rear Door Trim Pad (High Cab, Wide Cab)

Components
2
1
5
3
6
LNW79KLF000201
Legend
1. Rear ash tray 4. Armrest
2. Power window switch (vehicle with power 5. Window regulator handle
window) 6. Inside handle bezel
3. Rear door trim pad
Removal
Preparation
1. Remove the inside handle bezel.
• Remove 1 screw.
2. Remove the window regulator handle.
• Pull out the locking pin (2) and remove the
handle (1) and the washer (3).
LNW29GSH003001
3. Remove the rear ash tray.

• Remove 3 screws.
4. Remove the armrest.
• Pull the trim pad towards you, and remove the
clips in 11 locations.
LNW79KMH000201
2. Install the armrest (2).

NOTE:
Be careful of the tightening direction of the screws.
LNW79KSH000101
• Disconnect the harness connector of the power

window switch. (Vehicle with power window)
Installation
LNW29GSH004401
3. Install the rear ash tray.
NOTE: • Tighten 3 screws.
Make sure that the trim pad is not floating or crooked,
and that the cable harness is not pinched. 4. Install the window regulator handle.
• Install the washer (3) and handle (1), and insert
the locking pin (2).
LNW29GSH003001
5. Install the inside handle bezel.

Front Pillar Trim Cover (Standard Cab)

Removal
1. Remove the assist grip (3).
NOTE:
As Loctite is applied on the screws, be careful not to
damage the screw head when removing them.
2. Remove 1 clip (4).

3. Remove the front pillar trim cover (1).
• Remove 1 clip (2) and the double-sided tape
(5).
3
2
LNW49KSH000101
Installation
1. Install the front pillar trim cover (1).
• Use new double-sided tape to install.
• Fit the clip at 1 location (2).
2. Install 1 clip (4).
3. Install the assist grip (3).
Front Pillar Trim Cover (High Cab, Wide Cab)

Removal
1. Remove the sun visor and the header tray.
• Refer to “Header Tray” in this section.
2. Remove the assist grip (2).
3. Remove the front pillar trim cover (3).
• Remove the body side finisher.
• Pull the panel towards you, and remove the
2
1
LNW79KMH000301
Installation
1. Install the front pillar trim cover.
• Fit the body side finisher.
2. Install the assist grip.
3. Install the sun visor and the header tray.
• Refer to “Header Tray” in this section.
Rear Pillar Trim

Components
1
6
3 5
LNW79KLF001001
Legend
1. Tongue seat belt 4. Side sill protector
2. Body side finisher 5. Rear pillar lower trim
3. Screw 6. Rear pillar upper trim
Removal 5. Remove the tongue seat belt.

1. Remove the body side finisher. • Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt and the
lower anchor bolt.
2. Remove the side sill protector.
6. Remove the rear pillar upper trim.
3. Remove the rear pillar lower trim.
4. Remove the shoulder belt guide adjuster cover.
• Pull the upper side of the cover towards you
and remove the claw at 1 location.

Installation
1. Install the rear pillar upper trim.
• Fit the clips to the body at 2 locations.
2. Install the tongue seat belt.
• Tighten the seat belt upper anchor bolt and
lower anchor bolt.
3. Install the rear pillar lower trim.
• Fit the clips at 3 locations on the panel.
4. Install the side sill protector.
5. Install the body side finisher.
Back Trim (Standard Cab)

Components
LNW89KLF000601
Legend
1. Back upper trim (if so equipped) 3. Clip
2. Silencer
Removal
Preparation
• Remove the rear pillar trim.
Refer to “Rear Pillar Trim” in this section.
1. Remove the silencer.
• Remove 7 clips or 4 clips.
• Pull the silencer towards you, and peel off the
double-sided tape. (with back upper trim)
2. Remove the back upper trim. (if so equipped)
• Pull the back upper trim towards you, and peel
off the double-sided tape.

Installation
1. Install the back upper trim. (if so equipped)
NOTE:
Use new double-sided tape for attaching.
2. Install the silencer.

• Install it together with the back upper trim using
the clip.
NOTE:
Use new double-sided tape for attaching. (with back
upper trim)
Back Trim, Back Panel Tray (High Cab, Wide Cab)

Components
6 4
5
LNW79KLF000501
Legend
1. Back upper trim 4. Hook
2. Back lower trim 5. Screw
3. Clip 6. Back panel tray
Removal • Remove the 4 clips (for a high cab), or 2 clips

(for a wide cab).
Preparation
• Pull the back lower trim towards you, and peel
• Remove the rear pillar trim.
Refer to “Rear Pillar Trim” in this section.
4. Remove the back upper trim.
1. Remove the back panel tray.
• Pull the back upper trim towards you, and peel
• Turn the knob to "UNLOCK" side.
• Pull the back panel tray upward and remove it
from the hooks at 3 locations.
2. Remove the screw and the hook.
3. Remove the back lower trim.

Installation
1. Install the back upper trim.
NOTE:
2. Install the back lower trim.

• Install it together with the back upper trim by 4
clips (for a high cab) or 2 clips (for a wide cab).
NOTE:
3. Install the hook and tighten the screw.

4. Install the back panel tray.
• Install the back panel tray to the hooks at 3
locations.
• Turn the knob to the "LOCK" side.
Header Tray
Components
6
5
3 Z
LNW79KLF000401
Legend
1. Sun visor 4. Header tray bracket
2. Sun visor holder 5. Header tray bracket
3. Header tray 6. Header tray side bracket
Removal • Remove the claw of the header tray from the

header tray bracket.
Preparation
3. Remove the header tray bracket.
• Remove 4 bolts.
1. Remove the sun visor.
4. Remove the head lining.
• Refer to "Head Lining" in this section.
• Turn the sun visor holder 45 degrees and
remove it. 5. Remove the header tray side bracket.
2. Remove the header tray. • Remove 2 bolts.
• Remove the 4 screws and 2 clips.

Installation
1. Install the header tray side bracket.
2. Install the head lining.
• Refer to "Head Lining" in this section.
3. Install the header tray bracket.
4. Install the header tray.
• Fit the claw of the header tray into the header
tray bracket.
• Install 4 screws and 2 clips.
5. Install the sun visor.
• Install the sun visor holder.
Head Lining (Standard Cab type A)

Components
4
7 5
6
LNW89KLF000301
Legend
1. Spacer 5. Clip
2. Cushion 6. Retainer
3. Head lining 7. Clip
4. Spacer
1. Remove the retainer. 1. Install the cushion.
• Remove the clip. 2. Install the head lining.
2. Remove the head lining. • Install the clip and spacer.
• Remove the clip and spacer. 3. Install the retainer.
3. Remove the cushion. • Install the clip.
Head Lining (Standard Cab type B)

Components
LNW89KLF000501
Legend
1. Head lining 3. Room mirror & Doom light
2. Clip and Coat hanger 4. Sun visor
Removal • Turn the coat hanger 45 degrees and remove it.

Preparation • Remove the 3 clips.
1. Remove the room mirror & doom light.
2. Remove the sun visor.
• Turn the sun visor holder 45 degrees and
remove it.
• Remove the assist grip.

Installation
• Install the 3 clips.
• Install the coat hanger.
• Install the assist grip.
2. Install the sun visor.
• Install the sun visor holder.
3. Install the room mirror & doom light.
Head Lining (High Cab, Wide Cab type A)

Components
2
2
3
LNW89KLF000101
Legend
1. Head lining finisher 3. Head lining
2. Insulator
Removal 2. Remove the roof side rail cover (1).

Preparation • Remove 2 clips (2).
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. • Pull the cover towards you, and remove the
clips for the cover in 3 locations.
• Remove the doom light and the fluorescent light.
• Remove the sun visor and the header tray.
Refer to “Header Tray” in this section.
1. Remove the assist grip.
2
2
1
1
LNW79KSH000601 LNW79FSH005201
3. Remove the head lining finisher. Legend

• Remove 2 clips and remove the clips for the 1. Head lining
finisher in 5 locations. 2. Roof panel
3. Back outer panel
• Fix it to the roof panel with a clip.

3. Install the head lining finisher.
• Fit the clips of the head lining finisher at 5
locations and install 2 clips.
4. Install the roof side rail cover.
• Fit the roof side rail cover onto the window
sealing strip and the head lining finisher.
LNW79KSH002501

• Remove the clip.
Installation
1. Install the insulator.
• Align it with the positioning mark on the head
lining to install.
LNW79FSH005101
• Use new double-sided tape.
• Press the head lining with the roof side rail
cover, and fit the clips in 3 locations.
• Set the rear side of the head lining between the
• Install 2 clips.
roof panel and the back outer panel.
Head Lining (High Cab, Wide Cab type B)

Components
2 4
1 3
LNW89KLF000201
Legend
1. Insulator 4. Clip
2. Assist grip 5. Head lining
3. Hook

Preparation 2. Remove the head lining.
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. • Remove the clip and hook.
• Remove the doom light and the fluorescent light.
• Remove the room mirror, sun visor and header
tray. Refer to “Header Tray” in this section.
• Remove the front pillar trim cover and rear pillar
upper trim. Refer to “Front Pillar Trim Cover (High
Cab, Wide Cab)” in this section.

Installation
1. Install the spacer.
lining to install.
lining to install.
• Install the clip and hook.
Tightening torque: 4N⋅m (0.4 kg⋅m/35 lb⋅in)
Head Lining (High Crew Cab)

Components
2
3
4
5
LNW79KLF001401
Legend
1. Head lining finisher 4. Cover
2. Insulator 5. Rear head lining (front)
3. Front head lining 6. Rear head lining (rear)

Preparation 2. Remove the roof side rail cover (1).
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. • Remove 2 clips (2).
• Remove the doom light and the fluorescent light. • Pull the cover towards you, and remove the
clips for the cover in 3 locations.
• Remove the sun visor and the header tray.
Refer to “Header Tray” in this section.

lining to install.
2 • Use new double-sided tape.
1 • Align it with the positioning mark on the head
lining to install.
LNW79KSH000601
3. Remove the head lining finisher.

• Remove 2 clips, and remove the clips of the
head lining finisher from 5 locations.
LNW79FSH005101
• Press the front head lining with the roof side rail
cover and fit the clips at 3 locations.
LNW79KSH002501
4. Remove the front head lining.

5. Remove 4 covers.
• Remove the 8 clips.
6. Remove the rear head lining (rear).
7. Remove the rear head lining (front).
Installation
instructions.
1. Install the spacer.
Head Lining (Wide Crew Cab)

Components
2
3
5
4
2
LNW89KLF000401
Legend
1. Head lining finisher 4. Roof panel center reinforcement
2. Insulator 5. Rear head lining
3. Front head lining
Removal • Remove 4 bolts.

Preparation 2. Remove the assist grip.
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. • Remove 2 screws.
• Remove the doom light and the fluorescent light. 3. Remove the roof side rail cover (1).
• Remove the sun visor and the header tray. • Remove 2 clips (2).
Refer to “Header Tray” in this section. • Pull the cover towards you, and remove the
• Remove the front pillar trim cover. clips for the cover in 3 locations.
1. Remove the roof reinforcement.

2
1
LNW79KSH000601
4. Remove the head lining finisher.

LNW79FSH005101
• Remove 2 clips, and remove the clips of the
head lining finisher from 5 locations. • Press the front head lining with the roof side rail
cover and fit the clips at 3 locations.
LNW79KSH002501
5. Remove the front head lining.

6. Remove the rear head lining.
Installation
instructions.
lining to install.
Cab Mounting 9L-1

Cab Mounting
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Front Cab Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-2
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-2
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-4
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-4
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-4
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-5
List of Tightening Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-6
Rear Cab Mounting (Standard, High Single Cab) . 9L-8
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-8
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-9
Rear Cab Mounting (Crew Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-10
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-10
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-11
Cab Tilt Stay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-13
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-13
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-13
Cab Lock (Standard Cab) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-14
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-14
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-14
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-15
Cab Lock (High Cab, Wide Cab). . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-16
Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-16
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-16
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9L-17
9L-2 Cab Mounting
Front Cab Mounting

Components
Tilt Cab
RHD model
2 3
4
10 9 5
6
2
7
8
LNW79LLF000101
Legend
1. Cab mounting lever 6. Anchor arm bolt, washer
2. Bolt 7. Retaining ring
3. Bolt, nut 8. Adjust bolt, nut
4. Mounting bracket (LH) 9. Torsion bar
5. Anchor arm 10. Mounting bracket (RH)
Cab Mounting 9L-3

LHD model
5 10
3
8
2
1
LNW79FLF001401
Legend
1. Anchor Arm Bolt and Washer 6. Retaining Ring
2. Anchor Arm 7. Adjust Bolt and Nut
3. Mounting Bracket (RH) 8. Torsion Bar
4. Cab Mounting Lever 9. Mounting Bracket Fixing Bolt and Nut
5. Cab Fixing Bolt 10. Mounting Bracket (LH)
9L-4 Cab Mounting

Non-tilt Cab
1 6
6
5
LNW89LLF000201
Legend
1. Mounting bracket (RH) 4. Mounting bracket (LH)
2. Cab mounting lever 5. Bolt
3. Bolt, nut 6. Collar
Removal Disassembly
1. Remove the cab ASM. 1. Remove the adjust bolt and the nut. (tilt cab)
• Refer to "Cab ASM (Standard Cab)" or "Cab 2. Remove the mounting bracket from the cab
ASM (High Cab, Wide Cab)" in Section 9G mounting lever.
Cab.
2. Remove the anchor arm. (tilt cab)
Reassembly
• Remove the anchor arm bolt and the retaining
ring. Apply grease to the following sections:
3. Remove the torsion bar. (tilt cab) • Application area (1) of BESCO L-2 or equivalent
4. Remove the whole front cab mounting ASM. • Application area (2) of BESCO rubber grease or
equivalent
• Remove the nuts and bolts.
Cab Mounting 9L-5

NOTE: Non-tilt Cab
Application area of grease (2) to the cab mounting lever
is at the mounting rubber side (side surface of the
vehicle exterior). 1 1
Tilt Cab
1 3 1
a b b a
a a 3
2
4 5
1 1
c
LNW79LSH001301
e Legend
b c c d a. 43 mm (1.7 in.)
b. 5 mm (0.2 in.)
c. 110 mm (4.3 in.)
1. Application area of BESCO L-2 or equivalent
2. Application area of BESCO rubber grease or
2 equivalent
3. Cab mounting lever
1. Install the mounting bracket to the cab mounting

lever.
f 2. Temporarily install the adjust bolt and nut. (tilt cab)
LNW89LMH000101
NOTE:
Legend Tighten the adjust bolt and the nut after mounting the
a. 26 mm (1.0 in.) cab.
b. 70 mm (2.8 in.)
c. 5 mm (0.2 in.)
Installation
d. 55 mm (2.2 in.)
e. 7 mm (0.3 in.) 1. Install the front cab mounting ASM.
f. 110 mm (4.3 in.) • Tighten the nuts and bolts.
1. Application area of BESCO L-2 or equivalent Tightening torque: 168 N⋅m (17.2 kg⋅m/124 lb⋅ft)
2. Application area of BESCO rubber grease or
2. Install the torsion bar. (tilt cab)
equivalent
3. Torsion bar • Align the connecting tooth of the cab mounting
lever's boss section with the connecting tooth of
4. Cab mounting lever
the torsion bar's serration.
5. Anchor arm
3. Install the anchor arm. (tilt cab)
• Align the connecting tooth of the anchor arm's
boss section with the connecting tooth of the
torsion bar's serration.
• Install the retaining ring.
NOTE:
Install the anchor arm bolt after mounting the cab.
4. Install the cab ASM.

9L-6 Cab Mounting

• Refer to "Cab ASM (Standard Cab)" or "Cab
ASM (High Cab, Wide Cab)" in Section 9G
Cab.
List of Tightening Torques

Tilt Cab
a
b
d
c
LNW79LLF000501
Legend
a. 82 N⋅m (8.4 kg⋅m/61 lb⋅ft) d. 76 N⋅m (7.7 kg⋅m/56 lb⋅ft)
b. 168 N⋅m (17.2 kg⋅m/124 lb⋅ft)
c. 95 N⋅m (9.7 kg⋅m/70 lb⋅ft)
Cab Mounting 9L-7

Non-tilt Cab
LNW89LLF000301
Legend
a. 82 N⋅m (8.4 kg⋅m/61 lb⋅ft)
b. 168 N⋅m (17.2 kg⋅m/124 lb⋅ft)
9L-8 Cab Mounting
Rear Cab Mounting (Standard, High Single Cab)

Removal Non-tilt Cab
Tilt Cab
1
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
7
LNW79LMH000301
LNW79LMH000401 Legend
1. Nut
Legend
2. Washer
1. Cab rear mounting bracket ASM
3. Mounting section at the cab side
2. Bolt
4. Bolt
3. Mounting rubber
5. Mounting rubber
4. Cab rear mounting bracket
5. Washer
7. Bolt
6. Nut
7. Bolt
1. Detach the cab and the mounting rubber.
Preparation • Remove the nut (1) and washer (2).
• Place chock blocks to the wheels. 2. Remove the mounting rubber (5).
• Tilt up the cab. • Remove the 4 bolts (4).
1. Remove the cab rear mounting bracket ASM (1). 3. Remove the cab rear mounting bracket (6).
• Remove the nut (6) and washer (5). • Remove the 4 bolts (7).
2. Remove the mounting rubber (3).
• Remove the bolt (2).
3. Remove the cab rear mounting bracket (4).
• Remove the bolt (7).
Cab Mounting 9L-9

Installation Non-tilt Cab
Tilt Cab
1
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
7
LNW79LMH000301
1. Nut
Legend
2. Washer
1. Cab rear mounting bracket ASM
2. Bolt
4. Bolt
3. Mounting rubber
5. Mounting rubber
5. Washer
7. Bolt
6. Nut
7. Bolt
1. Install the cab rear mounting bracket (6).
1. Install the cab rear mounting bracket (4). • Tighten 4 bolts (7).
• Tighten the bolt (7). Tightening torque: 81 N⋅m (8.3 kg⋅m/60 lb⋅ft)
Tightening torque: 81 N⋅m (8.3 kg⋅m/60 lb⋅ft) 2. Install the mounting rubber (5).
2. Install the mounting rubber (3). • Tighten 4 bolts (4).
• Tighten the bolt (2). Tightening torque: 50 N⋅m (5.1 kg⋅m/37 lb⋅ft)
Tightening torque: 50 N⋅m (5.1 kg⋅m/37 lb⋅ft) 3. Connect the cab and the mounting rubber.
3. Install the cab rear mounting bracket ASM (1). • Tighten the nut (1).
• Install the washer (5) and tighten the nut (6). Tightening torque: 59 N⋅m (6.0 kg⋅m/43 lb⋅ft)
9L-10 Cab Mounting
Rear Cab Mounting (Crew Cab)

Removal Center Mounting (Standard Cab, High Cab)
Rear Mounting
1
2
3
5
3
7
5
LNW79LMH000301
1. Nut
Legend
2. Washer
1. Bolt
2. Top cab mounting rubber
4. Bolt
3. Upper rear cab mounting rubber
5. Mounting rubber
4. Lower rear cab mounting rubber
5. Nut
7. Bolt
1. Remove the nuts (5) and washer.
2. Remove the lower rear cab mounting rubber (4).
• Remove the nut (1) and washer (2).
3. Remove the bolt (1).
2. Remove the mounting rubber (5).
4. Remove the top cab mounting rubber (2).
5. Remove the upper rear cab mounting rubber (3).
Cab Mounting 9L-11

Center Mounting (Wide Cab) Installation
Rear Mounting
11
10
9 8
1
3
1
2
2
3
6
5
LNW79LMH000101
Legend LNW79LMH000501
1. Nut
Legend
2. Cab mounting bracket
1. Bolt
3. Bolt
2. Top cab mounting rubber
4. Plate nut
3. Upper rear cab mounting rubber
5. Nut
4. Lower rear cab mounting rubber
5. Nut
7. Mounting rubber
8. Bolt
1. Install the upper rear cab mounting rubber (3).
10. Washer 2. Install the top cab mounting rubber (2).
11. Nut 3. Install the bolt (1).
4. Install the lower rear cab mounting rubber (4).
5. Install the washer and nuts (5).
• Remove the nut (11) and washer (10).
2. Remove the mounting rubber (7). Tightening torque:
Upper side: 44 N⋅m (4.5 kg⋅m/33 lb⋅ft)
Under side: 56 N⋅m (5.7 kg⋅m/41 lb⋅ft)
• Remove 4 nuts (5), 2 bolts (3) and the plate nut
(4).
4. Remove the cab mounting bracket (2).
• Remove 4 nuts (1).
9L-12 Cab Mounting

Center Mounting (Standard Cab, High Cab) Center Mounting (Wide Cab)
1
11
2 10
9 8
3
3
1
2
6
4
5
7
LNW79LMH000301 LNW79LMH000101
Legend Legend
1. Nut 1. Nut
2. Washer 2. Cab mounting bracket
3. Mounting section at the cab side 3. Bolt
4. Bolt 4. Plate nut
5. Mounting rubber 5. Nut
6. Cab rear mounting bracket 6. Cab rear mounting bracket
7. Bolt 7. Mounting rubber
8. Bolt
1. Install the cab rear mounting bracket (6). 9. Mounting section at the cab side
• Tighten 4 bolts (7). 10. Washer
11. Nut
2. Install the mounting rubber (5). 1. Install the cab mounting bracket (2).
• Tighten 4 bolts (4). • Tighten 4 nuts (1).
Tightening torque: 50 N⋅m (5.1 kg⋅m/37 lb⋅ft) Tightening torque: 81 N⋅m (8.3 kg⋅m/60 lb⋅ft)
3. Connect the cab and the mounting rubber. 2. Install the cab rear mounting bracket (6).
• Tighten the nut (1). • Tighten the 2 bolts (3) and the 4 nuts (5).
Tightening torque: 59 N⋅m (6.0 kg⋅m/43 lb⋅ft) Tightening torque: 81 N⋅m (8.3 kg⋅m/60 lb⋅ft)
3. Install the mounting rubber (7).
• Tighten 4 bolts (8).
4. Connect the cab and the mounting rubber.
• Tighten the nut (11).
Cab Mounting 9L-13
Cab Tilt Stay

Removal • Tighten 2 bolts.
2. Align the cab tilt stay ASM with the upper bracket
at the cab side (3) and install the pin (4).
3. Install the washer (2) and snap pin (1).
1
2
3 3
2
1
4
4
5
6 5
LNW79LSH001201
LNW79LMH000801
Legend
1. Snap pin
2. Washer
3. Upper bracket at the cab side
4. Pin
5. Cab tilt stay ASM
6. Frame
Preparation
• Tilt the cab and hold it securely with a hoist, etc.
CAUTION:
1. Remove the snap pin (1) and the washer (2).

2. Remove the pin (4) and remove the cab tilt stay
ASM (5) from the upper bracket at the cab side (3).
3. Remove the cab tilt stay ASM from the frame.
• Remove 2 bolts.
Installation
1. Install the cab tilt stay ASM (5) to the frame.
9L-14 Cab Mounting
Cab Lock (Standard Cab)

Components
4
1
6 5
12
7
9 8
10 1
11
LNW79LLF000801
Legend
1. Cab lock control unit fixing bolt 7. Wave washer
2. Cab lock locking nut and fixing bolt 8. Snap pin
3. Cab lock ASM 9. Hand lever hook rod
4. Hook rod ASM 10. Cab tilt switch
5. Washer 11. Cab lock control unit ASM
6. Adjust nut 12. Tilt handle
Removal 3. Remove the cab lock ASM.

Preparation • Remove the 2 fixing bolts and 2 locking nuts.
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. 4. Remove the cab lock control unit ASM.
1. Remove the hand lever hook rod. • Remove 3 fixing bolts and disconnect the
harness connector of the cab tilt switch.
• Pull out the snap pin, and remove the washer
and wave washer. 5. Remove the tilt handle.
2. Remove the hook rod ASM. • Remove the 3 fixing bolts for the tilt handle.
Cab Mounting 9L-15

Installation
instructions.
1. When installing the cab lock ASM (1) to the rear
2
mounting (2), tighten the left and right cab lock 1
ASM locking nuts and bolts in the following order.
a. Temporarily tighten A.
b. Tighten B to D at the specified torque. C
c. Tighten A at the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 19 N⋅m (1.9 kg⋅m/14 lb⋅ft) A
D
B
LNW79LSH001101
2. Install and adjust the hook rod ASM (3) and the
handle lever hook rod (2).
• Set the position of the control lever (1) from "a"
to "b". Adjust the lock nuts "e" and "f" while
holding "c" so that it contacts the bracket (4).
Tighten them at the specified torque so that
both "c" and "d" contact the bracket.
c d
2
e f
b
5
c d
LNW29LMF000101
9L-16 Cab Mounting
Cab Lock (High Cab, Wide Cab)

Components
11
12
10
4
2 5
3
6
7
8
LNW89LLF000101
Legend
1. Tilt handle 7. Plain washer
2. Cab lock control unit ASM 8. Snap pin
3. Latch release lock rod 9. Cab lock ASM
4. Plain washer 10. Hook rod
5. Snap pin 11. Plain washer
6. Cab lock rod 12. Snap pin
Removal 3. Remove the latch release lock rod.

Preparation • Remove the snap pin and the plain washer.
• Disconnect the battery ground cable. 4. Remove the cab lock control unit ASM.
1. Remove the cab lock rod. • Remove 3 bolts.
• Remove the snap pin and the plain washer. 5. Remove the cab lock ASM.
2. Remove the hook rod. • Disconnect the harness connector of the cab tilt
switch.
• Remove the snap pin and the plain washer.
Cab Mounting 9L-17

• Remove 2 bolts and 2 nuts. 4. Install the latch release lock rod.
6. Remove the tilt handle. • Install the snap pin and plain washer.
• Remove 2 bolts. 5. Install the hook rod ASM (2).
• Install the snap pin and plain washer.
Installation 6. Install the cab lock rod.
• Install the snap pin and plain washer.
1. Install the tilt handle.
7. Adjust the hook rod.
• Set the position of the latch release lever (1)
2. Install the cab lock ASM.
from "a" to "b".
• Align the positioning claw of the cab lock ASM
• Adjust the hook rod so that "c" contacts the
with the body.
bracket (3). Tighten the lock nut "e" and "f" to
• Tighten 2 bolts and 2 nuts. the position where both "c" and "d" contact the
Tightening torque: 19 N⋅m (1.9 kg⋅m/14 lb⋅ft) bracket.
3. Install the cab lock control unit ASM. Tightening torque: 13 N⋅m (1.3 kg⋅m/113 lb⋅in)
c d
2
e f
b
c d
LNW89LMF000101
MEMO
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................
55868_奥付 2008.5.21 7:58 AM ページ 1
Published: May, 2008 All rights reserved.

Fourth Edition
WORKSHOP MANUAL
AND ACCESSORIES
Issued by ISUZU MOTORS LIMITED
SERVICE MARKETING DEPARTMENT
Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo, 140-8722 Japan
0-XXXKI
55868_奥付 2008.5.21 7:58 AM ページ 2
WORKSHOP MANUAL
WORKSHOP MANUAL BODY, CAB, CHASSIS ELECTRICAL AND ACCESSORIES

AND ACCESSORIES
No.LGCEL-WE-0871

LGCEL-WE-VN53 - Body, Cab, Chassis Electrical, Accessories

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

LGCEL-WE-VN53 - Body, Cab, Chassis Electrical, Accessories

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WORKSHOP MANUAL

WORKSHOP MANUAL BODY, CAB, CHASSIS ELECTRICAL AND ACCESSORIES

Lighting System 9A-1

BODY, CAB, AND ACCESSORIES

9A-2 Lighting System

Lighting System 9A-3

9A-4 Lighting System

Outside of the cab

Lighting System 9A-5

Inside the cab

9A-6 Lighting System

Lighting System 9A-7

Headlight (Halogen) System

Components Location Diagram

9A-8 Lighting System

Structural components inspection

Lighting System 9A-9

Headlight Manual Leveling System

9A-10 Lighting System

Lighting System 9A-11

9A-12 Lighting System

Cab Junction Block

J/B1 J/B2 DC-DC Converter

Lighting System 9A-13

Chassis Relay Box OFF ACC ON ST

SBF6 40A IG2

Cab Junction Block

8 PA22 0.5R/B 16 9 JB06 0.5R/B 1 2 JB16 0.5L

F28 10A J/B 2

Frame (Front-LH) Frame (Front-RH)

9A-14 Lighting System

Lighting System 9A-15

Gray Light Gray

Green Light Gray

9A-16 Lighting System

Structural components inspection

Lighting System 9A-17

Clearance Light System

Components Location Diagram

9A-18 Lighting System

Structural components inspection

Lighting System 9A-19

Cornering Light Syatem

Components Location Diagram

9A-20 Lighting System

Structural components inspection

Lighting System 9A-21

Fog Light System

Components Location Diagram

9A-22 Lighting System

Structural components inspection

Lighting System 9A-23

Turn Signal /Hazard Warning Flasher Light System

Components Location Diagram

9A-24 Lighting System

Structural components inspection

• Check that the bulbs of the turn signal light are

Lighting System 9A-25

Dome Light System

Components Location Diagram

9A-26 Lighting System

Structural components inspection

Lighting System 9A-27

Components Location Diagram